(3830,5,'2011-07-11 16:31:30','2011-07-11 16:31:30','<a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com\">The Beginners Lens</a> launches with a $100 Big App Giveaway! \nTo celebrate the launch of their website, the team at The Beginners Lens are giving away a slew of iTunes gift cards for digital and <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography\">iPhone photography</a> fans across the globe! The Grand Prize winner will receive a $100 gift card…but they’re not stopping there. The Beginners Lens are giving away another $100 gift card to the participant who invited the Grand Prize winner to the competition, encouraging this giveaway to go totally viral! \nBUT they’re not stopping there either! They are offering several prizes to the runners-up in the form of gift cards ranging from $50 down to $15, so entrants are in with a good chance to win! Each winner will also receive a copy of The Beginners Lens Good Photography App Guide for those who might need a little help choosing the best photo apps to purchase with their gift card. \nThis competition is big news for fans of mobile photography, as 100 bucks will go a long way towards kitting out your iPhone, iPad or iTouch with tons of apps! The Beginners Lens Big App Giveaway is running for one month only starting from the 11th of July 2011. Entrants need only visit thebeginnerslens.com or go to The Beginners Lens Facebook page to fill in their details. The winners will be chosen via Wildfire Software, acting as an impartial third party, on the 12th of August 2011. \nGuy Yang, who created The Beginners Lens comments that he is \"very excited to bring to casual photographers a new source of information that makes it really easy and fun to improve their photography. The Beginners Lens is the perfect place to learn how to take, edit, organize and share great photos. We make it simple to get fantastic and exciting visual memories so you can be proud of your photos for many years to come!\"\nThe Beginners Lens is a new online source for mobile and digital photographers, featuring tips, tricks & tutorials for beginners and beyond. With free and premium video content spanning a range of photographic topics including everything iPhone, camera buying guides, gear & software, accessories, online photo services, and much much more…there’s something for everyone at The Beginners Lens. \nCalling all casual photographers, photo nuts, or pros, don’t miss The Beginners Lens Big App Giveaway this summer! The first of many forthcoming competitions from this online newcomer, get involved and get apps! \nVisit <a href=\"http://www.facebook.com/thebeginnerslens.digital.and.iphone.photography\">The Beginners Lens Facebook page</a> to enter or <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about/meet-the-team\">The Beginners Lens \'About\' page</a> for more information.  \n','Press Release - Temp','','inherit','open','open','','3829-revision','','','2011-07-11 16:31:30','2011-07-11 16:31:30','',3829,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/3829-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(4361,14,'2011-08-02 11:51:16','2011-08-02 11:51:16','','PhotoTransferApp','','inherit','open','open','','phototransferapp','','','2011-08-02 11:51:16','2011-08-02 11:51:16','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransferApp.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4360,14,'2011-08-02 11:46:19','2011-08-02 11:46:19','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic.jpg\"><img title=\"Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic.jpg\" width=\"470\" height=\"314\" alt=\"Hipstamatic\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic-Logo.jpg\" alt=\"Hipstamatic App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPhoto Transfer app allows you to share photos and videos between iPhone, iPad, iPod Touch, or computer devices via wifi in a speedy fashion. The even greater news? There’s no need for cables or extra software!</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by ERCLab</li>\r\n<li>Downloads multiple photos from an iPhone to a computer</li>\r\n<li>Transfers photos in full resolution</li>\r\n<li>Preserves photo metadata in all transfer directions</li>\r\n<li>Works with other iDevices such as iPad and iPod Touch</li>\r\n<li>Compatible with computers running Windows, Mac and Linux </li>\r\n<li>Costs US$2.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Simple interface</li>\r\n<li>Extremely fast photo transfer ability</li>\r\n<li>Easy to use</li>\r\n<li>Download photos as ZIP file</li>\r\n<li>No cables/additional software needed</li>\r\n<li>Can upload/download multiple photos simultaneously</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Can’t browse through a whole album at a time</li>\r\n<li>Shared photos cannot be separated into albums for better organization\r\n</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPHOTO TRANSFER APP is for anyone whose go-to camera is an iPhone and is looking for the fastest way to share and transfer photos. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]HIPSTAMATIC did not make the crossing over of analogue cameras to its digital counterpart through the iPhone just a reality… it is a success![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are lots of apps out there that are similar to HIPSTAMATIC but what sets it apart from others is its ability to let the users feel that they are not holding an iPhone but an old plastic camera. The classic black styling of the camera, buttons, and all the nitty-gritty aspects were brilliantly planned and executed. The icing of the cake? The stunning vintage photos which you can really be proud of sharing to your family and friends!\r\n\r\nJust a few drawbacks though. Some may feel that the app isn’t very intuitive to use perhaps because of its attempt to simulate an old camera, which also takes time to get used to. The viewfinder is also small, thus making it a bit difficult to compose a shot. Moreover, the app does not process those shots taken using another app. \r\n\r\nBut maybe, that’s the whole point of this app. You experience the fun as well as the challenge of using vintage cameras in a stylized iPhone camera. Considering how enjoyable to use this app is and how impressive the processed photos are, we would be more than willing to take the good with the bad. HIPSTAMATIC definitely comes highly recommended!\r\n\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Photo Transfer App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Photo Transfer App 4.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2010/4/7/new-iphone-photo-app-photo-transfer-app.html\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This is a great app that works exactly as described.  In my tests I transferred photos from one iPhone to another, from iPhone to MacBook, and most impressively from MacBook back to iPhone, and all at full-res!!”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.whatsoniphone.com/reviews/photo-transfer-app-review\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">WhatsOniPhone</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Would I Buy Again: Yes...sending pictures between iDevices tends to be something I do a lot. Anything that makes it easier is good in my book! I have a feeling that I\'ll be using this app a lot. It make sharing pictures much easier.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://bestapps.me/2010/photo-transfer-app-iphone-app-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">BestApps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“If you want to take your phone to the next level and make it even more easy to use between different devices, get this app to help you move pictures from device to device.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Photo Transfer App - Download And Transfer Photos To And From Your iPhone In A Flash','','inherit','open','open','','4357-revision-3','','','2011-08-02 11:46:19','2011-08-02 11:46:19','',4357,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4357-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(3290,14,'2011-06-13 09:43:05','2011-06-13 09:43:05','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><p><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/Snapfish.png\"><img title=\"Snapfish\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/Snapfish.png\" alt=\"snapfish-software\" width=\"300\" height=\"375\" /></a></p></td>\r\n\r\n\r\n<td><p>Run and owned by Hewlett-Packard, SNAPFISH is a web-based photo sharing and printing service that allows its users to store photos and share them with their friends and family, create unique photo-based gifts, and order good quality photo prints at a low cost.</p>\r\n\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\n\r\n<p>Let\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.</p>\r\n\r\n[tabswrap] \r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"]  Overview  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"]  Cheers  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"]  Jeers  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"]  Who is it for?  [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"]  The Verdict  [/tabhead_last]  [tab id=\"1\"]  [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Run by Hewlett-Packard</li>\r\n<li>20 free prints upon signing up</li>\r\n<li>Free web-based photo editing tools</li>\r\n<li>Send your camera phone photos directly to Snapfish with PictureMover</li>\r\n<li>Unlimited photo storage</li>\r\n<li>Wide range of photo-based gifts</li>\r\n<li>Free customer service</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Easy to use</li>\r\n<li>Basic photo correction tools</li>\r\n<li>Fast & easy to upload photos</li>\r\n<li>Several ways to share photos/albums</li>\r\n<li>Copy/move photos instantly from phone to computer, and Snapfish website</li>\r\n<li>Low-priced prints</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"]  [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Printed photos have tendencies to appear a bit dark or yellow-tinted</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]  \r\n<strong>√  Proud beginner\r\n Amateur hobbyist</strong>\r\n Advanced users\r\n Professional editors\r\n\r\nSNAPFISH is targeted for the newbie who is looking for a good all-around photo service that offers a wide selection of reasonably priced and creative ways to show off all of their fabulous photos.[/tab]\r\n\r\n[tab id=\"5\"]If you are looking for an affordable online photo printing service that can cater to all users while delivering great outputs, be sure to consider SNAPFISH. [/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n<p><strong>User interface: Family-friendly interface</strong></p>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<p>Upon entering the website, SNAPFISH welcomes you with a clean web design that will likely be appealing to all members of your family. It sports a blue coloured and cartoonish header and nicely laid out menus that are simple and easy to use. </p>\r\n\r\n<p>Snapfish’s web based user interface is very well-organized and intuitive, making all the options - from editing, sharing, and ordering prints – available with just a few clicks. \r\n</p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<p><br class=\"spacer_\" /></p>\r\n\r\n<p><strong>Ease of use: A breeze!</strong></p>\r\n\r\n<hr size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<p>From the moment you enter the site and begin signing up, it\'s clear that SNAPFISH is super easy to navigate. You do not have to install or download anything; all you have to do is log on to the website, key in your name and email address, and begin using the Snapfish services! When you open a new account, you will be awarded with 20 free prints and one (1) high-resolution photo print credit.</p>\r\n\r\n<p>Adding photos is a breeze. The straightforward menus make it easy for you to create an album and upload your digital photos on to the site. If you have tons of pictures to upload – say a hundred of them – you do not need to select them one by one. Just select all photos and Snapfish will handle all the uploading - Snapfish will even create an online photo album for your upload. You can also import your photos from your Flickr account, if you have one.</p>\r\n\r\n<p>After you have uploaded the photos, you can order prints, or share with your friends via Facebook and Twitter too!</p>\r\n\r\n\r\n<p><br class=\"spacer_\" /></p>\r\n\r\n<p><strong>Editing and Printing performance: Basic editing tools, nice photo quality</strong></p>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<p>Single touch editing options are available on the SNAPFISH website allowing letting you remove red-eye, adjust color, apply tints, crop photos, and add borders and captions. Though limited and very basic, it\'s nice to have a few photo editing options before printing.</p>\r\n\r\n<p>Now onto the task at hand: photo printing. <a href=\"http://digital-photo-printing-review.toptenreviews.com/snapfish-review.html\">TopTenReviews</a> did a quality test on all the digital photo printing services it reviewed and Snapfish turned out to be the most impressive and was even close to perfection. “The photos printed from Snapfish were well developed and the average user would probably have few complaints.”</p>\r\n\r\n<p>Based on the aforementioned review as well as reviews posted in <a href=\"http://www.reviewcentre.com/reviews85903.html\">Reviewcentre.com</a> and other blogs, there seems to be a couple of issues in terms of color accuracy: most printed photos are a tad dark or has more yellow present in the colour saturation.</p>\r\n\r\n<blockquote><a href=\"http://digital-photo-printing-review.toptenreviews.com/snapfish-review.html\">TopTenReviews</a>:\r\n\r\n“Our sunset photograph came out clear; however, the models in the picture seemed just a tad dark. We would have liked Snapfish to brighten up the photo just a little bit.”\r\n\r\n“Our picture of the London skyline was taken on a cloudy day. Snapfish was able to clean up most of the shot and make the buildings look clean and crisp. However, we did notice there may be more yellow in this print than some of our other services.”</blockquote>\r\n\r\n\r\n<blockquote><a href=\"http://www.reviewcentre.com/Online-Camera-Shops/SnapFish-www-snapfish-co-uk-review_1360183\">Cyclingrelf of ReviewCentre.com</a>:\r\n\r\n“If anyone else is wondering, make your mats in the dimensions 3050 x 2539 and make sure you bear in mind that the mats have rounded corners and there will be a little cropping around the edges, also the picture tends to print dark.“\r\n\r\nHowever, overall, Snapfish still comes highly recommended.</blockquote>\r\n\r\n\r\n<p>Below is the cost of prints in USD according to size*:</p>\r\n\r\n<ul>\r\n\r\n<li>Wallet size: $0.99 for set of 4</li>\r\n<li>4 x 6 single or collage: $0.09 each</li>\r\n<li>5 x 7: 1-10 Prints or Collage $0.79</li>\r\n<li>5 x 7: 11-24 Prints or Collage  $0.69</li>\r\n<li>5 x 7: 25-49 Prints or Collage $0.65</li>\r\n<li>5 x 7: 50+ Prints or Collage $0.59</li>\r\n<li>8 x 10: Prints or Collage  $2.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n*Taken from <a href=\"http://www.starreviews.com/snapfish.aspx\">StarReviews.com</a>\r\n\r\n\r\n<p>Snapfish offers a practical list of photo-based gift ideas. You can choose from desk calendars, mugs, cards, photo books, and a lot more. All major credit cards are accepted. You can pay via Paypal too!</p>\r\n\r\n<p>Moreover, you can send your photos to a local Walgreens, Meijer or Staples (in the United States) and other local photo kiosks for pick-up printing.</p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<p><br class=\"spacer_\" /></p>\r\n\r\n<p><strong>Sharing: Convenient ways to share photos to loved ones</strong></p>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<p>SNAPFISH makes sharing of photos as well as whole albums hassle-free. </p>\r\n\r\n<p>The Snapfish share photo/album interface allows you to share your photos in three (3) ways: by email, with a link, and share to a service.</p>\r\n\r\n<p>With Share an email, all you have to do is type in the email addresses of your family and friends you would like to share the photos with. Once you enter an email address, Snapfish will automatically save it in your address book. Another nice feature is that you can import contacts from your Yahoo and Windows Live accounts.</p>\r\n\r\n<p>You can also share the photos via providing the direct link to the albums. Just copy and paste the link to an instant message, forums, or anywhere else. The Share to option enables you to post your photos to social networking sites such as Facebook, Twitter, Wordpress, Blogger, Typepad, and other sites.</p>\r\n\r\n<p>Snapshare also has a slideshow feature called “Snapshow.”</p>\r\n\r\n\r\n<p><br class=\"spacer_\" /></p>\r\n\r\n<p><strong>Special tools of the trade: Integrated Map, PhotoMerge Style Match</strong></p>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<p>Snapfish’s PictureMover program promises to move photos in a snap. The only task you have to do is plug in your camera or memory card, and it will do the rest. Once the camera or memory card is inserted into the computer, PictureMover will instantly upload all the photos directly to Snapfish and send copies to your computer as well. This program makes uploading photos taken with your iPhone (or other smartphone) a whole lot easier and incredibly convenient!</p>\r\n\r\n<p>One last thing to mention about Snapfish is its dedication to technical support for its customers. As <a href=\"http://www.starreviews.com/snapfish.aspx\">StarReviews</a> mentioned, “(i)t\'s great to see an online service offering live support and it\'s even better that the support was prompt, friendly and knowledgeable.” You can reach them via email or phone for your concerns. There is also an onsite based tech support. </p>\r\n\r\n\r\n<p><br class=\"spacer_\" /></p>\r\n\r\n<p><strong>The Verdict (Extended version)</strong></p>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<p>Easy to use and packed with impressive features, quality prints at an affordable price, Snapfish should be at the top tier of all online photo printing services today. With everything it offers, it is one of the best online photo services around. With 20 free prints you can try them out at no risk!</p>\r\n\r\n<p>Snapfish would be a little bit more awesome if it had a community feature (like Flickr). Maybe that’s something we can look forward to in the next version.</p>\r\n\r\n\r\n<p><br class=\"spacer_\" /></p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<p><strong>Review Digest</strong></p>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<p><br class=\"spacer_\" /></p>\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\" href=\"http://digital-photo-printing-review.toptenreviews.com/snapfish-review.html\">TopTenReviews.com</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This is the best all around choice for digital photo printing</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\" href=\"http://www.starreviews.com/snapfish.aspx\">StarReviews.com</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Cameras are becoming a standard option on most of today\'s cellular phones, but there has never been an easy way to get the pictures from the phone and create a print.  Snapfish changed that. They allow you to send the photos directly from your phone to your Snapfish account.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\" href=\"http://www.reviewcentre.com/review763382.html\">Lucicerious of Reviewcentre.com</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“After remembering that this company was shown on The Gadget Show once as the best value for money print site I thought I\'d check it out… The print quality for what you are paying is actually very good. The pictures to come out quite dark, which worked nicely for me, but best to remember to lighten your photos a little before uploading… I\'d recommend this company for those that want good prints at a low cost.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Snapfish: A Big Fish in an Even Bigger Pool of Online Photo Printing','','publish','open','open','','snapfish-big-fish-in-big-pool-of-online-photo-printing','','','2011-09-26 07:53:58','2011-09-26 07:53:58','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=3290',0,'post','',0),(4656,5,'2011-08-10 11:21:18','2011-08-10 11:21:18','<p>Welcome to The Beginners\' Lens – we are a team of enthusiastic photographers dedicated to providing the best tips, tricks, and tutorials to other photographers of all levels.</p>\r\n\r\n<p>Photo enthusiast, Guy Yang, set up The Beginners\' Lens in 2010. With his passion for digital photography (point & shoot and DSLR) and the upcoming craft of mobile photography, he was keen to find a way to share his knowledge and enthusiasm with a larger community. The idea behind this website came from the desire to help other casual photographers climb the photography learning curve, at their own speed, whatever the starting point.</p>\r\n\r\n<p>We work as a <a href=\"http://www.thebeginnerslens.com/about/meet-the-team\" title=\"Meet The Beginners\' Lens Team\">team</a> here at The Beginners\' Lens, and we\'ll do our best to help you in any way we can. If you\'ve got a question that we can\'t answer...we\'ll find the right person for the job. You can contact us <a href=\"http://www.thebeginnerslens.com/contact\" title=\"Get in touch with The Beginners\' Lens\">here</a>.</p>\r\n\r\nThe Beginners Lens Weekly Snapshot\r\nReceive great iPhoneography and Digital photography articles in your inbox!\r\n<!-- Begin MailChimp Signup Form -->\r\n<!--[if IE]>\r\n<style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\">\r\n	#mc_embed_signup fieldset {position: relative;}\r\n	#mc_embed_signup legend {position: absolute; top: -1em; left: .2em;}\r\n</style>\r\n<![endif]--> \r\n<!--[if IE 7]>\r\n<style type=\"text/css\" media=\"screen\">\r\n	.mc-field-group {overflow:visible;}\r\n</style>\r\n<![endif]-->\r\n\r\n<div id=\"mc_embed_signup\">\r\n<form action=\"http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage.com/subscribe/post?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&amp;id=fe2dfd9e3e\" method=\"post\" id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" name=\"mc-embedded-subscribe-form\" class=\"validate\" target=\"_blank\" style=\"font: normal 100% Arial, sans-serif;font-size: 10px;\">\r\n	<fieldset style=\"-moz-border-radius: 4px;border-radius: 4px;-webkit-border-radius: 4px;border: 1px solid #ccc;padding-top: 1.5em;margin: .5em 0;background-color: #fff;color: #000;text-align: left;\">\r\n	<legend style=\"white-space: normal;text-transform: capitalize;font-weight: bold;color: #000;background: #fff;padding: .5em 1em;border: 1px solid #ccc;-moz-border-radius: 4px;border-radius: 4px;-webkit-border-radius: 4px;font-size: 1.2em;\"><span>join our mailing list</span></legend>\r\n<div class=\"indicate-required\" style=\"text-align: right;font-style: italic;overflow: hidden;color: #000;margin: 0 9% 0 0;\">* indicates required</div>\r\n<div class=\"mc-field-group\" style=\"margin: 1.3em 5%;clear: both;overflow: hidden;\">\r\n<label for=\"mce-EMAIL\" style=\"display: block;margin: .3em 0;line-height: 1em;font-weight: bold;\">Email Address <strong class=\"note-required\">*</strong>\r\n</label>\r\n<input type=\"text\" value=\"\" name=\"EMAIL\" class=\"required email\" id=\"mce-EMAIL\" style=\"margin-right: 1.5em;padding: .2em .3em;width: 90%;float: left;z-index: 999;\">\r\n</div>\r\n<div class=\"mc-field-group\" style=\"margin: 1.3em 5%;clear: both;overflow: hidden;\">\r\n<label for=\"mce-FNAME\" style=\"display: block;margin: .3em 0;line-height: 1em;font-weight: bold;\">First Name <strong class=\"note-required\">*</strong>\r\n</label>\r\n<input type=\"text\" value=\"\" name=\"FNAME\" class=\"required\" id=\"mce-FNAME\" style=\"margin-right: 1.5em;padding: .2em .3em;width: 90%;float: left;z-index: 999;\">\r\n</div>\r\n<div class=\"mc-field-group\" style=\"margin: 1.3em 5%;clear: both;overflow: hidden;\">\r\n<label for=\"mce-LNAME\" style=\"display: block;margin: .3em 0;line-height: 1em;font-weight: bold;\">Last Name <strong class=\"note-required\">*</strong>\r\n</label>\r\n<input type=\"text\" value=\"\" name=\"LNAME\" class=\"required\" id=\"mce-LNAME\" style=\"margin-right: 1.5em;padding: .2em .3em;width: 90%;float: left;z-index: 999;\">\r\n</div>\r\n<div class=\"mc-field-group\" style=\"margin: 1.3em 5%;clear: both;overflow: hidden;\">\r\n<label for=\"mce-MMERGE9\" style=\"display: block;margin: .3em 0;line-height: 1em;font-weight: bold;\">Country <strong class=\"note-required\">*</strong>\r\n</label>\r\n<input type=\"text\" value=\"\" name=\"MMERGE9\" class=\"required\" id=\"mce-MMERGE9\" style=\"margin-right: 1.5em;padding: .2em .3em;width: 90%;float: left;z-index: 999;\">\r\n</div>\r\n		<div id=\"mce-responses\" style=\"float: left;top: -1.4em;padding: 0em .5em 0em .5em;overflow: hidden;width: 90%;margin: 0 5%;clear: both;\">\r\n			<div class=\"response\" id=\"mce-error-response\" style=\"display: none;margin: 1em 0;padding: 1em .5em .5em 0;font-weight: bold;float: left;top: -1.5em;z-index: 1;width: 80%;background: FBE3E4;color: #D12F19;\"></div>\r\n			<div class=\"response\" id=\"mce-success-response\" style=\"display: none;margin: 1em 0;padding: 1em .5em .5em 0;font-weight: bold;float: left;top: -1.5em;z-index: 1;width: 80%;background: #E3FBE4;color: #529214;\"></div>\r\n		</div>\r\n		<div><input type=\"submit\" value=\"Subscribe\" name=\"subscribe\" id=\"mc-embedded-subscribe\" class=\"btn\" style=\"clear: both;width: auto;display: block;margin: 1em 0 1em 5%;\"></div>\r\n	</fieldset>	\r\n	<a href=\"#\" id=\"mc_embed_close\" class=\"mc_embed_close\" style=\"display: none;\">Close</a>\r\n</form>\r\n</div>\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\">\r\nvar fnames = new Array();var ftypes = new Array();fnames[0]=\'EMAIL\';ftypes[0]=\'email\';fnames[1]=\'FNAME\';ftypes[1]=\'text\';fnames[2]=\'LNAME\';ftypes[2]=\'text\';fnames[3]=\'MMERGE3\';ftypes[3]=\'number\';fnames[4]=\'MMERGE4\';ftypes[4]=\'text\';fnames[5]=\'MMERGE5\';ftypes[5]=\'text\';fnames[6]=\'MMERGE6\';ftypes[6]=\'text\';fnames[7]=\'MMERGE7\';ftypes[7]=\'text\';fnames[8]=\'MMERGE8\';ftypes[8]=\'text\';fnames[9]=\'MMERGE9\';ftypes[9]=\'text\';\r\ntry {\r\n    var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;\r\n    jqueryLoaded=true;\r\n} catch(err) {\r\n    var jqueryLoaded=false;\r\n}\r\nvar head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0];\r\nif (!jqueryLoaded) {\r\n    var script = document.createElement(\'script\');\r\n    script.type = \'text/javascript\';\r\n    script.src = \'http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.4.4/jquery.min.js\';\r\n    head.appendChild(script);\r\n    if (script.readyState && script.onload!==null){\r\n        script.onreadystatechange= function () {\r\n              if (this.readyState == \'complete\') mce_preload_check();\r\n        }    \r\n    }\r\n}\r\nvar script = document.createElement(\'script\');\r\nscript.type = \'text/javascript\';\r\nscript.src = \'http://downloads.mailchimp.com/js/jquery.form-n-validate.js\';\r\nhead.appendChild(script);\r\nvar err_style = \'\';\r\ntry{\r\n    err_style = mc_custom_error_style;\r\n} catch(e){\r\n    err_style = \'margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em 0.5em 0.5em 0.5em; background: ERROR_BGCOLOR none repeat scroll 0% 0%; font-weight: bold; float: left; z-index: 1; width: 80%; -moz-background-clip: -moz-initial; -moz-background-origin: -moz-initial; -moz-background-inline-policy: -moz-initial; color: ERROR_COLOR;\';\r\n}\r\nvar head= document.getElementsByTagName(\'head\')[0];\r\nvar style= document.createElement(\'style\');\r\nstyle.type= \'text/css\';\r\nif (style.styleSheet) {\r\n  style.styleSheet.cssText = \'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\';\r\n} else {\r\n  style.appendChild(document.createTextNode(\'.mce_inline_error {\' + err_style + \'}\'));\r\n}\r\nhead.appendChild(style);\r\nsetTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n\r\nvar mce_preload_checks = 0;\r\nfunction mce_preload_check(){\r\n    if (mce_preload_checks>40) return;\r\n    mce_preload_checks++;\r\n    try {\r\n        var jqueryLoaded=jQuery;\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    try {\r\n        var validatorLoaded=jQuery(\"#fake-form\").validate({});\r\n    } catch(err) {\r\n        setTimeout(\'mce_preload_check();\', 250);\r\n        return;\r\n    }\r\n    mce_init_form();\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_init_form(){\r\n    jQuery(document).ready( function($) {\r\n      var options = { errorClass: \'mce_inline_error\', errorElement: \'div\', onkeyup: function(){}, onfocusout:function(){}, onblur:function(){}  };\r\n      var mce_validator = $(\"#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\").validate(options);\r\n      $(\"#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\").unbind(\'submit\');//remove the validator so we can get into beforeSubmit on the ajaxform, which then calls the validator\r\n      options = { url: \'http://thebeginnerslens.us2.list-manage1.com/subscribe/post-json?u=3921939b52c442d075cf827af&id=fe2dfd9e3e&c=?\', type: \'GET\', dataType: \'json\', contentType: \"application/json; charset=utf-8\",\r\n                    beforeSubmit: function(){\r\n                        $(\'#mce_tmp_error_msg\').remove();\r\n                        $(\'.datefield\',\'#mc_embed_signup\').each(\r\n                            function(){\r\n                                var txt = \'filled\';\r\n                                var fields = new Array();\r\n                                var i = 0;\r\n                                $(\':text\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                        fields[i] = this;\r\n                                        i++;\r\n                                    });\r\n                                $(\':hidden\', this).each(\r\n                                    function(){\r\n                                        var bday = false;\r\n                                        if (fields.length == 2){\r\n                                            bday = true;\r\n                                            fields[2] = {\'value\':1970};//trick birthdays into having years\r\n                                        }\r\n                                    	if ( fields[0].value==\'MM\' && fields[1].value==\'DD\' && (fields[2].value==\'YYYY\' || (bday && fields[2].value==1970) ) ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else if ( fields[0].value==\'\' && fields[1].value==\'\' && (fields[2].value==\'\' || (bday && fields[2].value==1970) ) ){\r\n                                    		this.value = \'\';\r\n									    } else {\r\n	                                        this.value = fields[0].value+\'/\'+fields[1].value+\'/\'+fields[2].value;\r\n	                                    }\r\n                                    });\r\n                            });\r\n                        return mce_validator.form();\r\n                    }, \r\n                    success: mce_success_cb\r\n                };\r\n      $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').ajaxForm(options);      \r\n      \r\n    });\r\n}\r\nfunction mce_success_cb(resp){\r\n    $(\'#mce-success-response\').hide();\r\n    $(\'#mce-error-response\').hide();\r\n    if (resp.result==\"success\"){\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n        $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(resp.msg);\r\n        $(\'#mc-embedded-subscribe-form\').each(function(){\r\n            this.reset();\r\n    	});\r\n    } else {\r\n        var index = -1;\r\n        var msg;\r\n        try {\r\n            var parts = resp.msg.split(\' - \',2);\r\n            if (parts[1]==undefined){\r\n                msg = resp.msg;\r\n            } else {\r\n                i = parseInt(parts[0]);\r\n                if (i.toString() == parts[0]){\r\n                    index = parts[0];\r\n                    msg = parts[1];\r\n                } else {\r\n                    index = -1;\r\n                    msg = resp.msg;\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            index = -1;\r\n            msg = resp.msg;\r\n        }\r\n        try{\r\n            if (index== -1){\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);            \r\n            } else {\r\n                err_id = \'mce_tmp_error_msg\';\r\n                html = \'<div id=\"\'+err_id+\'\" style=\"\'+err_style+\'\"> \'+msg+\'</div>\';\r\n                \r\n                var input_id = \'#mc_embed_signup\';\r\n                var f = $(input_id);\r\n                if (ftypes[index]==\'address\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-addr1\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else if (ftypes[index]==\'date\'){\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index]+\'-month\';\r\n                    f = $(input_id).parent().parent().get(0);\r\n                } else {\r\n                    input_id = \'#mce-\'+fnames[index];\r\n                    f = $().parent(input_id).get(0);\r\n                }\r\n                if (f){\r\n                    $(f).append(html);\r\n                    $(input_id).focus();\r\n                } else {\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n                    $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n                }\r\n            }\r\n        } catch(e){\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').show();\r\n            $(\'#mce-\'+resp.result+\'-response\').html(msg);\r\n        }\r\n    }\r\n}\r\n\r\n</script>\r\n<!--End mc_embed_signup-->\r\n\r\n<h3>The Beginners Lens Social Networking Circles</h3>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Tweet with us <a href=\"http://www.twitter.com/TheBeginnersL\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Twitter Feed\">@TheBeginnersL</a></li>\r\n<li>We\'re also on <a href=\"http://www.facebook.com/thebeginnerslens.digital.and.iphone.photography\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Facebook Pag\">Facebook</a></li>\r\n<li>Check our our free video content at <a href=\"http://www.youtube.com/thebeginnerslens\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Youtube Page\">Youtube</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n<h3>What We Write About...</h3>\r\nHere at The Beginners\' Lens, we write about pretty much anything photography related, from the point of view of a casual snapper - with content for photographers just starting out to those who have been taking photos for many years; if it\'s an interesting photographic subject, we\'ll cover it. We also like to review the latest Gear & Software, and create videos on hot topics. \r\n\r\n<h3>Want To Write For Us?</h3>\r\nAre you a photographer with a tip or a tutorial to share? We are looking for passionate digital camera owners and photographers of all levels to share their photos, experiences, and photography-related submissions. <a href=\"http://www.thebeginnerslens.com/about/partner-with-the-beginners-lens\" title=\"Partner With The Beginners Lens\">Learn More.</a>\r\n\r\n<h3>Product Reviews</h3>\r\nWe accept a limited number of products for review each month, including gear, software, online photo services, and prototype equipment. We aim to provide an accurate, honest, and unbiased review of the products we receive. Each product is thoroughly tested by an experienced and appropriate member of The Beginners\' Lens team. Please keep in mind that we cannot return or refund any samples that you provide to us for testing. If you would like more information on product reviews please <a href=\"http://www.thebeginnerslens.com/contact\" title=\"Contact The Beginners Lens\">get in touch</a>.\r\n\r\n<a name=\"rating\"><h3>About Our Flash Rating</h3></a> \r\n\r\n<p style=\"background: url(http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/1flash.png) no-repeat 0px 5px; text-indent:164px; height:35px; line-height:35px\"> = Don\'t spend your hard earned money on this.</p> \r\n<p style=\"background: url(http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/2flash.png) no-repeat 0px 5px; text-indent:164px; height:35px; line-height:35px\"> = Some decent features, but there\'s better out there.</p> \r\n<p style=\"background: url(http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/3flash.png) no-repeat 0px 5px; text-indent:164px; height:35px; line-height:35px\"> = Good, but not GREAT.</p> \r\n<p style=\"background: url(http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png) no-repeat 0px 5px; text-indent:164px; height:35px; line-height:35px\"> = Great product, money well spent.</p> \r\n<p style=\"background: url(http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png) no-repeat 0px 5px; text-indent:164px; height:35px; line-height:35px\"> = Buy it, now!</p> \r\n\r\nWe also sometimes give 1/2 flashes which denotes the product is halfway to the next step up! \r\n\r\n<h3>Contests & Giveaways</h3>\r\nWe occasionally host reader contests and product giveaways, and many of our giveaways are run in conjunction with the product reviews. Product giveaways are completely random and unbiased, and the contest winner is selected by a random number generator. \r\n\r\n<h3>Disclosure</h3>\r\nWe aim to provide accurate, honest, and unbiased opinions, information, reviews, tips, and tutorials for photographers of all levels. The opinions shared by members of The Beginners Lens are representative of the The Beginners\' Lens. The opinions posted by visitors to The Beginners\' Lens are solely representative of the person who posted them. The Beginners\' Lens will not be held responsible for opinions posted on our website by members or visitors. ','About','','inherit','open','open','','198-revision-6','','','2011-08-10 11:21:18','2011-08-10 11:21:18','',198,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/198-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(4651,16,'2011-08-10 08:00:35','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','How to make the most of the natural light in your digital photographs! Top tips for harnessing shadows and light! http://tinyurl.com/3tqmu52','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-08-10 08:00:35','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=4651',0,'tweet','',0),(4799,16,'2011-08-24 10:38:09','2011-08-24 10:38:09','','family2','','inherit','open','open','','family2','','','2011-08-24 10:38:09','2011-08-24 10:38:09','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/family2.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4798,16,'2011-08-24 10:31:36','2011-08-24 10:31:36','','family','','inherit','open','open','','family','','','2011-08-24 10:31:36','2011-08-24 10:31:36','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/family.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(4654,5,'2011-07-22 06:23:32','2011-07-22 06:23:32','<p>Welcome to The Beginners\' Lens – we are a team of enthusiastic photographers dedicated to providing the best tips, tricks, and tutorials to other photographers of all levels.</p>\r\n\r\n<p>Photo enthusiast, Guy Yang, set up The Beginners\' Lens in 2010. With his passion for digital photography (point & shoot and DSLR) and the upcoming craft of mobile photography, he was keen to find a way to share his knowledge and enthusiasm with a larger community. The idea behind this website came from the desire to help other casual photographers climb the photography learning curve, at their own speed, whatever the starting point.</p>\r\n\r\n<p>We work as a <a href=\"http://www.thebeginnerslens.com/about/meet-the-team\" title=\"Meet The Beginners\' Lens Team\">team</a> here at The Beginners\' Lens, and we\'ll do our best to help you in any way we can. If you\'ve got a question that we can\'t answer...we\'ll find the right person for the job. You can contact us <a href=\"http://www.thebeginnerslens.com/contact\" title=\"Get in touch with The Beginners\' Lens\">here</a>.</p>\r\n\r\n<h3>The Beginners Lens Social Networking Circles</h3>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Tweet with us <a href=\"http://www.twitter.com/TheBeginnersL\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Twitter Feed\">@TheBeginnersL</a></li>\r\n<li>We\'re also on <a href=\"http://www.facebook.com/thebeginnerslens.digital.and.iphone.photography\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Facebook Pag\">Facebook</a></li>\r\n<li>Check our our free video content at <a href=\"http://www.youtube.com/thebeginnerslens\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Youtube Page\">Youtube</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n<h3>What We Write About...</h3>\r\nHere at The Beginners\' Lens, we write about pretty much anything photography related, from the point of view of a casual snapper - with content for photographers just starting out to those who have been taking photos for many years; if it\'s an interesting photographic subject, we\'ll cover it. We also like to review the latest Gear & Software, and create videos on hot topics. \r\n\r\n<h3>Want To Write For Us?</h3>\r\nAre you a photographer with a tip or a tutorial to share? We are looking for passionate digital camera owners and photographers of all levels to share their photos, experiences, and photography-related submissions. <a href=\"http://www.thebeginnerslens.com/about/partner-with-the-beginners-lens\" title=\"Partner With The Beginners Lens\">Learn More.</a>\r\n\r\n<h3>Product Reviews</h3>\r\nWe accept a limited number of products for review each month, including gear, software, online photo services, and prototype equipment. We aim to provide an accurate, honest, and unbiased review of the products we receive. Each product is thoroughly tested by an experienced and appropriate member of The Beginners\' Lens team. Please keep in mind that we cannot return or refund any samples that you provide to us for testing. If you would like more information on product reviews please <a href=\"http://www.thebeginnerslens.com/contact\" title=\"Contact The Beginners Lens\">get in touch</a>.\r\n\r\n<a name=\"rating\"><h3>About Our Flash Rating</h3></a> \r\n\r\n<p style=\"background: url(http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/1flash.png) no-repeat 0px 5px; text-indent:164px; height:35px; line-height:35px\"> = Don\'t spend your hard earned money on this.</p> \r\n<p style=\"background: url(http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/2flash.png) no-repeat 0px 5px; text-indent:164px; height:35px; line-height:35px\"> = Some decent features, but there\'s better out there.</p> \r\n<p style=\"background: url(http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/3flash.png) no-repeat 0px 5px; text-indent:164px; height:35px; line-height:35px\"> = Good, but not GREAT.</p> \r\n<p style=\"background: url(http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png) no-repeat 0px 5px; text-indent:164px; height:35px; line-height:35px\"> = Great product, money well spent.</p> \r\n<p style=\"background: url(http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png) no-repeat 0px 5px; text-indent:164px; height:35px; line-height:35px\"> = Buy it, now!</p> \r\n\r\nWe also sometimes give 1/2 flashes which denotes the product is halfway to the next step up! \r\n\r\n<h3>Contests & Giveaways</h3>\r\nWe occasionally host reader contests and product giveaways, and many of our giveaways are run in conjunction with the product reviews. Product giveaways are completely random and unbiased, and the contest winner is selected by a random number generator. \r\n\r\n<h3>Disclosure</h3>\r\nWe aim to provide accurate, honest, and unbiased opinions, information, reviews, tips, and tutorials for photographers of all levels. The opinions shared by members of The Beginners Lens are representative of the The Beginners\' Lens. The opinions posted by visitors to The Beginners\' Lens are solely representative of the person who posted them. The Beginners\' Lens will not be held responsible for opinions posted on our website by members or visitors. ','About','','inherit','open','open','','198-revision-4','','','2011-07-22 06:23:32','2011-07-22 06:23:32','',198,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/198-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(4655,5,'2011-08-10 11:21:00','2011-08-10 11:21:00','<p>Welcome to The Beginners\' Lens – we are a team of enthusiastic photographers dedicated to providing the best tips, tricks, and tutorials to other photographers of all levels.</p>\r\n\r\n<p>Photo enthusiast, Guy Yang, set up The Beginners\' Lens in 2010. With his passion for digital photography (point & shoot and DSLR) and the upcoming craft of mobile photography, he was keen to find a way to share his knowledge and enthusiasm with a larger community. The idea behind this website came from the desire to help other casual photographers climb the photography learning curve, at their own speed, whatever the starting point.</p>\r\n\r\n<p>We work as a <a href=\"http://www.thebeginnerslens.com/about/meet-the-team\" title=\"Meet The Beginners\' Lens Team\">team</a> here at The Beginners\' Lens, and we\'ll do our best to help you in any way we can. If you\'ve got a question that we can\'t answer...we\'ll find the right person for the job. You can contact us <a href=\"http://www.thebeginnerslens.com/contact\" title=\"Get in touch with The Beginners\' Lens\">here</a>.</p>\r\n\r\nThe Beginners Lens Weekly Snapshot\r\nReceive great iPhoneography and Digital photography articles in your inbox!\r\n\r\n<h3>The Beginners Lens Social Networking Circles</h3>\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Tweet with us <a href=\"http://www.twitter.com/TheBeginnersL\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Twitter Feed\">@TheBeginnersL</a></li>\r\n<li>We\'re also on <a href=\"http://www.facebook.com/thebeginnerslens.digital.and.iphone.photography\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Facebook Pag\">Facebook</a></li>\r\n<li>Check our our free video content at <a href=\"http://www.youtube.com/thebeginnerslens\" title=\"The Beginners Lens Youtube Page\">Youtube</a></li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\n<h3>What We Write About...</h3>\r\nHere at The Beginners\' Lens, we write about pretty much anything photography related, from the point of view of a casual snapper - with content for photographers just starting out to those who have been taking photos for many years; if it\'s an interesting photographic subject, we\'ll cover it. We also like to review the latest Gear & Software, and create videos on hot topics. \r\n\r\n<h3>Want To Write For Us?</h3>\r\nAre you a photographer with a tip or a tutorial to share? We are looking for passionate digital camera owners and photographers of all levels to share their photos, experiences, and photography-related submissions. <a href=\"http://www.thebeginnerslens.com/about/partner-with-the-beginners-lens\" title=\"Partner With The Beginners Lens\">Learn More.</a>\r\n\r\n<h3>Product Reviews</h3>\r\nWe accept a limited number of products for review each month, including gear, software, online photo services, and prototype equipment. We aim to provide an accurate, honest, and unbiased review of the products we receive. Each product is thoroughly tested by an experienced and appropriate member of The Beginners\' Lens team. Please keep in mind that we cannot return or refund any samples that you provide to us for testing. If you would like more information on product reviews please <a href=\"http://www.thebeginnerslens.com/contact\" title=\"Contact The Beginners Lens\">get in touch</a>.\r\n\r\n<a name=\"rating\"><h3>About Our Flash Rating</h3></a> \r\n\r\n<p style=\"background: url(http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/1flash.png) no-repeat 0px 5px; text-indent:164px; height:35px; line-height:35px\"> = Don\'t spend your hard earned money on this.</p> \r\n<p style=\"background: url(http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/2flash.png) no-repeat 0px 5px; text-indent:164px; height:35px; line-height:35px\"> = Some decent features, but there\'s better out there.</p> \r\n<p style=\"background: url(http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/3flash.png) no-repeat 0px 5px; text-indent:164px; height:35px; line-height:35px\"> = Good, but not GREAT.</p> \r\n<p style=\"background: url(http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png) no-repeat 0px 5px; text-indent:164px; height:35px; line-height:35px\"> = Great product, money well spent.</p> \r\n<p style=\"background: url(http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png) no-repeat 0px 5px; text-indent:164px; height:35px; line-height:35px\"> = Buy it, now!</p> \r\n\r\nWe also sometimes give 1/2 flashes which denotes the product is halfway to the next step up! \r\n\r\n<h3>Contests & Giveaways</h3>\r\nWe occasionally host reader contests and product giveaways, and many of our giveaways are run in conjunction with the product reviews. Product giveaways are completely random and unbiased, and the contest winner is selected by a random number generator. \r\n\r\n<h3>Disclosure</h3>\r\nWe aim to provide accurate, honest, and unbiased opinions, information, reviews, tips, and tutorials for photographers of all levels. The opinions shared by members of The Beginners Lens are representative of the The Beginners\' Lens. The opinions posted by visitors to The Beginners\' Lens are solely representative of the person who posted them. The Beginners\' Lens will not be held responsible for opinions posted on our website by members or visitors. ','About','','inherit','open','open','','198-revision-5','','','2011-08-10 11:21:00','2011-08-10 11:21:00','',198,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/198-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(4648,14,'2011-08-09 23:58:10','2011-08-09 23:58:10','Family portraits…they are a changin’! Gone are the days that we are getting the whole family together dressed in their Sunday best to sit still for three hours while little Jimmy turns his head another 20° to the left, and then another 30° back to the right. As photographic trends are changing most families are opting for more casual, personality-driven photos that really represent the individuality and style of the family.  \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Family Portrait, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/paulys_pics/2563319758/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"513\" height=\"640\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/FamilyPic1.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Family Portrait</em>\r\nPhoto by Paul Lender: LeftofCenterPhoto.com	\r\n</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n\r\n<h3>Here’s a few ideas to make your family portraits a little bit more modern:</h3> \r\n\r\n<h3>Shoot Inside Your Home</h3> \r\n\r\nHome is where the heart is right? More and more families are having their photos taken at home to show the family in their own surroundings. This is also a great way to get casual, comfortable photos of your family “in their element”. Just find a nice place in your house, or even outside in the yard or garden. Natural lighting is important for casual family photographs, and photos taken indoors by a window with good light with give a soft, “homely” feel. \r\n\r\n<h3>Be Candid</h3>\r\n\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Family Portrait, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/mseliske/3160199025/\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"427\" height=\"64300\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/FamilyPic2.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Family Portrait</em>\r\nPhoto by Mike Seliske</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nWe already know that families are moving away from the stiffly posed photos of yesteryear and opting for more candid, “real” photos. Try to plan activities for the whole family to get involved in, creating a fun, relaxed scenario. Opt for places that are meaningful to the family, and interact with each other in a comfortable, casual, light-hearted manor. Someone in the family is sure to know a good joke! \r\n\r\n<h3>Dress Casually</h3> \r\n\r\nIt’s become a little bit more modern to dress the family in casual, everyday clothing that is complimentary rather than all family members wearing the same thing. That’s not to say you should let everyone choose their own clothes, as your young son might turn up in his Superman pajamas and your daughter in her favorite princess dress, but allowing each family member a little bit of individuality in their clothing will mean they are ultimately more comfortable and at ease in the photograph. Try coordinating clothes with a few common elements or colors for a polished, “together” feel. \r\n\r\n<h3>Use The Environment</h3> \r\n\r\nThe environment around your house or your city is a great backdrop for casual family photos. Urban environments provide interest and quirky style, where outdoor environments provide a softer, more natural style. If you opt for a cityscape look for interesting stairwells, brick walls, train tracks, secret passages, and fun sculptures to set up your photo. If you’re going for an outdoor shoot in natural surroundings, open grassy fields, interesting trees, sandy or rocky beaches and small hills to climb make great backdrops. Also think about bringing a few props, maybe a parasol, hats, sunglasses, or something small to sit on – a few simple props will go a long way! \r\n\r\nGetting modern, casual family photographs doesn’t have to be difficult or expensive. With a little bit of planning and creativity, you can get great shots that reflect your family’s style and individuality. Finally, work with a photographer that whom you feel comfortable and at ease with, and show them the type of photos you would like before committing! \r\n','Get Fantastic Family Photos','','inherit','open','open','','4549-revision-6','','','2011-08-09 23:58:10','2011-08-09 23:58:10','',4549,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4549-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(4650,14,'2011-08-06 12:03:06','2011-08-06 12:03:06','As your photography hobby gains speed you’re likely to come across several photography myths that make it seem as if getting great photos is some kind of unknown “secret” art. While you are learning the craft, it’s important to be sure that you don’t get sucked into the myths that will only leave you feeling discouraged. We’re setting the record straight for you here and now on the myths and truths of digital photography. \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 1: You’ll get better results with better equipment.</h3> \r\n\r\nTruth: While every camera has it’s limitations, and some higher end equipment may physically produce better results, it’s important to remember that better (more expensive) equipment doesn’t mean you’ll automatically start getting better photos. You’ve probably heard time and time again “It’s the photographer, not the camera”, and we’ll say it here, loud and clear. It is the photographer, not the camera.\r\n\r\nThere’s no better example of this than the recent movement towards iPhoneography – millions of people are trading in their more advanced point & shoot cameras for the iPhone, even with it’s lower megapixel count and teeny tiny sensor. If that’s not proof enough, take into consideration that even the most advanced DSLR still can’t tell you what shutter speed to use when shooting action shots. An expensive camera won’t teach you how to become a photographer, it is merely a tool to assist you in getting better quality photos to share your perspective as a photographer. Ultimately, you need to teach yourself to become a better photographer and that’s that. \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 2: A formal photography education will make you a “pro”.</h3> \r\n\r\nTruth: You might be thinking the only way to take your photography hobby to the next level is to go and get a formal education to “prove you’re serious”. Although a formal education may make learning some of the difficult photographic concepts a bit easier, it should be said that many, many professional photographers are self-taught. At the end of the day, it’s your drive, your willingness to learn, and your work ethic that will make you a successful photographer – whether photography remains your hobby or becomes your profession.  \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 3: There’s nothing around me worthy of a photograph.</h3> \r\n\r\nTruth: We can debunk this myth in a matter of a short sentence; there is something within arms length of you right now that is worth of a photograph. Fact. \r\n\r\nCreating a beautiful photo is a matter of perspective, and not always a matter of the subject. Capturing a beautiful image is often about taking something ordinary, or even something you see every day, and using your skill as a photographer to turn it into something spectacular using the techniques in your repertoire. \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 4: There is a right way to do things, and a wrong way. </h3>\r\n\r\nTruth: When it comes to photography, there’s about a million ways to get a beautiful shot, and just because something is perfectly exposed or in perfect focus doesn’t mean it’s right. What is beautiful is a matter of personal preference; it’s subjective to the photographer and the person viewing the photo. While it’s true that the whole idea of photography is to create a “perfect balance” between exposure, shutter speed, ISO and somehow combine that with composition, focus, and all of the other elements that make a great photo what’s really important is highlighting what is beautiful to you. \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 5: I will never be as good as [enter pro photographers name here].</h3> \r\n\r\nTruth: You will be as good of a photographer as you want to be. You must be persistent and take lots, and we mean lots and lots of shots. Practice, practice, and more practice. And then practice a little bit more. Work hard to emulate the photographers that you respect and admire. Take the time to analyze their photographs and understand what makes their photos stand out above the rest. Just be sure that as you make comparisons between your shots and theirs that you also work to develop your own style of photography, as it’s your style that will make you stand out above the rest. \r\n','Debunking Photography Myths','','inherit','open','open','','4552-revision-6','','','2011-08-06 12:03:06','2011-08-06 12:03:06','',4552,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4552-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(4635,14,'2011-08-07 16:25:42','2011-08-07 16:25:42','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP.png\"><img title=\"Camera+\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Camera+\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP-Logo.png\" alt=\"Camera+ App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ is an all-around photography app for the iPhone that does basically everything you want it to do for you. With all its useful features, you do not have to switch from one app to another just to make your photos look right. In fact, this app does not only make images look right; it makes them look stunning.\r\n\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by tap tap tap</li>\r\n<li>Touch Exposure and Focus for the ultimate control</li>\r\n<li>Various shooting modes for the ultimate versatility</li>\r\n<li>Clarity scene mode for 1-tap image enhancement</li>\r\n<li>Stores photos in Lightbox to better manage shots</li>\r\n<li>With photo flashlight</li>\r\n<li>Share photos via email or Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Intuitive user interface</li>\r\n<li>Lots of creative filters for the artsy </li>\r\n<li>Many useful scene modes and photo effects</li>\r\n<li>Tons of borders available, and crop ratios too</li>\r\n<li>Clarity scene mode vastly improves photos</li>\r\n<li>Artistically designed Lightbox for managing photos</li>\r\n<li>Loads and works very fast</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Does not allow saving of custom workflow for future use</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√  Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ is for anyone looking for the best possible way to shoot photos. Whether you’re a newbie or a seasoned pro, this app will make you love your iPhone more as a photography equipment.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]With the tons of features it offers plus its speedy performance, CAMERA+ deserves to have a spot in your iPhone. No, it’s more than that. It deserves to be your go-to app for your iPhoneography needs.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nLong before apps like the solid do-it-all Top Camera came out in the market, CAMERA+ was already there changing and revolutionizing mobile photography.\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ basically does everything within the app– take photos, edit them using the presets available and adjust some other elements, and export them. \r\n\r\nOne of the most amazing features of this app is its capture options. Through its unique Touch Exposure and Touch Focus features, you can use a couple of your fingers to lock separate exposure and focus points prior to shooting an image. There are four (4) modes you can choose from: Normal, Stabilizer, Timer, and Burst mode. All of these work very effectively especially the stabilizer mode wherein the app does not let you take a shot unless you’re holding the camera still. \r\n\r\nComposing a shot will not be a problem as there’s a grid overlay that can guide you in following the rule of thirds. When you are shooting under tough lighting condition, there’s a photo flash feature that can help you brighten up the scene. \r\n\r\nYou can then access the captured photo through CAMERA+’s Lightbox. It looks like a professional photographer’s lightbox with a number of recently processed slide films pinned for closer scrutiny. Here you can choose to add borders, crop the photo, and add filters. There are a handful of effects to choose from and we have to say that the app really offers a solid effects selection. If you still want to add some more, you can buy additional effects like the “I ♥ Analog” effects pack from the in-app store.\r\n\r\nTo add more zest to your photo, you can adjust its look through the Scene mode feature. There are options like Sunset, Portrait, and Backlit. One scene mode that we really like is Clarity. It transforms photos in a fantastic way. It intensifies the color rendition and adds some HDR look to it. We have seen many sample photos and we’re simply blown away. This feature alone makes this app worth buying already.  \r\n\r\nOur minor gripe has something to do with not being able to save a customized workflow. There are a bunch of options and features you can combine to achieve a certain look. If you want to achieve the same, you have to tap on the options all over again. This becomes a problem if you forget what options you chose. A quick tap on the saved effect setting is going to solve this.\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ is not the type of app packed with any other random features just to be tagged as “powerful” or “full-featured.” It is definitely an amazing photo app that lets you shoot, edit, and share photos. Every little detail was carefully planned out to deliver a wonderful app an avid iPhoneographer truly deserves.\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Camera+ App 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.tuaw.com/2010/07/20/tuaw-review-camera-for-iphone/\">TUAW</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“At the sale price of $1.99, adding Camera+ to my suite of photo tools on my iPhone was a no-brainer. It\'s a great addition to the other tools that I currently use, and compliments many of those apps as a post-processing app. tap tap tap definitely has a winner on their hands with Camera+, and we can all look forward to watching this app evolve in the future.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/camera-review-2/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148Apps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Camera+ is a camera replacement app that offers a variety of effects and features that the default camera and Photos app do not offer for editing users\' pictures.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/2011/03/29/camera-2-2-update-improved-auto-focus-and-clarity/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">LifeInLofi</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The new “Clarity” scene mode is an excellent new feature on its own. It definitely improves the value of Camera+ as an all-in-one.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Camera+ - Exactly What You Need','','inherit','open','open','','4622-revision-6','','','2011-08-07 16:25:42','2011-08-07 16:25:42','',4622,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4622-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(4633,14,'2011-08-07 16:18:59','2011-08-07 16:18:59','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\"><img title=\"CameraGenius\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Camera Genius\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius-Logo.png\" alt=\"Camera Genius App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nCAMERA GENIUS has a dozen of camera features that lets users take, edit, and share not only their images but also their videos, within the app. It does a good job outperforming the native app but not enough to beat the best. </td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by CodeGoo</li>\r\n<li>Video support</li>\r\n<li>Zoom, guides, burst mode, timer, and sound shot</li>\r\n<li>Editing and adjustment tools </li>\r\n<li>Photography manual for tips and tutorials</li>\r\n<li>Photos and videos can be shared directly to Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, Picasa, MobileMe, Tumblr, YouTube, Clipboard, and email.</li>\r\n<li>Costs $0.99</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>App works smoothly</li>\r\n<li>Allows both picture and video taking</li>\r\n<li>Multiple sharing options</li>\r\n<li>Presence of in-app manual</li>\r\n<li>Cheap</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Quality of photo effects and filters are just okay</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nCAMERA GENIUS is for the novice iPhoneographers who are looking for a dirt cheap iPhone app which can serve as a very able replacement for the built-in Camera app. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]CAMERA GENIUS is a good all-in-one photo app. But when compared to its competitors like the popular Camera+ and the new Top Camera, it comes up short to being an ultimate go-to app.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nCAMERA GENIUS maximizes the functionality of the native built-in camera of the iPhone by hoisting decent features that attempt to improve how users shoot photos. The basic – but perfectly necessary – ones are present: zoom, flash on/off, and use of both back and front camera. There’s also an anti-shake mechanism to help prevent blur in your shots as well as timer and burst modes.\r\n\r\nOne cool addition is the big button photography which transforms the majority of the interface into a huge button that shoots a photo. This is good if you’re the type who is all thumbs as you can just tap anywhere on your iPhone screen. This is in stark contrast of the painfully small button of the native camera app.\r\n\r\nAnother is the sound capture which triggers the app to shoot a photo when the mic picks up a sound. We think this is a rather unique feature we haven’t seen in other apps yet.\r\n\r\nCAMERA GENIUS also offers good selection of photo filters and effects for users’ disposal. Though it gets the job done, we can’t help but compare it to what others offer. If you want to have more room for creativity, you will be better off with say Camera+ which offers not just decent effects but also amazing ones.\r\n\r\nBut what we really have to commend about CAMERA GENIUS is the ability for user to share to multiple sites like Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, and MobileMe. Photos can also be shared all at once. It also provides a handy manual which serves as a good reference for the newbie photographer.\r\n\r\nAn average user perhaps will find it hard to manage a bunch of photo apps especially if they belong to the same category. Considering that CAMERA GENIUS is just a step above being mediocre for an all-around app, we feel that if there’s a dozen of this kind of app installed on our iPhone and we want to keep just the really good ones, this app will be one of the first to get the cut.\r\n \r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Camera Genius App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Camera Genius App 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appotography.com/2011/05/09/camera-genius-review-iphone/\">Appotography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Is Camera Genius a good substitute for the native camera app? Yes, it is. It takes photos and videos and it has some extra features, like stabilizer, burst mode and exposure control, that are definitely an upgrade from iPhone’s native app. Taking photos can sometimes be a hassle for iDevice aficionados: Camera Genius, with its many tools, greatly improves the overall experience.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macstories.net/reviews/camera-genius-3-0-new-design-more-social-lots-of-dslr-love/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacStories</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Personally, I don’t think Camera Genius 3.0 feels as intuitive and powerful as Camera+, but I have to admit it’s got some pretty pixels to show on the iPhone 4′s Retina Display.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://touchreviews.net/camera-genius-iphone-photos/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\"TouchReviews</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The camera app is nothing short of basic, it takes pictures, it takes movies but other than that you are limited with what you can do.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Camera Genius - Decent At Best','','inherit','open','open','','4618-revision-5','','','2011-08-07 16:18:59','2011-08-07 16:18:59','',4618,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4618-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(4634,14,'2011-08-07 15:57:52','2011-08-07 15:57:52','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP.png\"><img title=\"Camera+\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Camera+\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP-Logo.png\" alt=\"Camera+ App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ is an all-around photography app for the iPhone that does basically everything you want it to do for you. With all its useful features, you do not have to switch from one app to another just to make your photos look right. In fact, this app does not only make images look right; it makes them look stunning.\r\n\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by tap tap tap</li>\r\n<li>Touch Exposure and Focus for the ultimate control</li>\r\n<li>Various shooting modes for the ultimate versatility</li>\r\n<li>Clarity scene mode for 1-tap image enhancement</li>\r\n<li>Stores photos in Lightbox to better manage shots</li>\r\n<li>With photo flashlight</li>\r\n<li>Share photos via email or Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr</li>\r\n<li>Costs $1.99</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Intuitive user interface</li>\r\n<li>Lots of creative filters for the artsy </li>\r\n<li>Many useful scene modes and photo effects</li>\r\n<li>Tons of borders available, and crop ratios too</li>\r\n<li>Clarity scene mode vastly improves photos</li>\r\n<li>Artistically designed Lightbox for managing photos</li>\r\n<li>Loads and works very fast</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Does not allow saving of custom workflow for future use</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√  Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ is for anyone looking for the best possible way to shoot photos. Whether you’re a newbie or a seasoned pro, this app will make you love your iPhone more as a photography equipment.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]With the tons of features it offers plus its speedy performance, CAMERA+ deserves to have a spot in your iPhone. No, it’s more than that. It deserves to be your go-to app for your iPhoneography needs.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nLong before apps like the solid do-it-all Top Camera came out in the market, CAMERA+ was already there changing and revolutionizing mobile photography.\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ basically does everything within the app– take photos, edit them using the presets available and adjust some other elements, and export them. \r\n\r\nOne of the most amazing features of this app is its capture options. Through its unique Touch Exposure and Touch Focus features, you can use a couple of your fingers to lock separate exposure and focus points prior to shooting an image. There are four (4) modes you can choose from: Normal, Stabilizer, Timer, and Burst mode. All of these work very effectively especially the stabilizer mode wherein the app does not let you take a shot unless you’re holding the camera still. \r\n\r\nComposing a shot will not be a problem as there’s a grid overlay that can guide you in following the rule of thirds. When you are shooting under tough lighting condition, there’s a photo flash feature that can help you brighten up the scene. \r\n\r\nYou can then access the captured photo through CAMERA+’s Lightbox. It looks like a professional photographer’s lightbox with a number of recently processed slide films pinned for closer scrutiny. Here you can choose to add borders, crop the photo, and add filters. There are a handful of effects to choose from and we have to say that the app really offers a solid effects selection. If you still want to add some more, you can buy additional effects like the “I ♥ Analog” effects pack from the in-app store.\r\n\r\nTo add more zest to your photo, you can adjust its look through the Scene mode feature. There are options like Sunset, Portrait, and Backlit. One scene mode that we really like is Clarity. It transforms photos in a fantastic way. It intensifies the color rendition and adds some HDR look to it. We have seen many sample photos and we’re simply blown away. This feature alone makes this app worth buying already.  \r\n\r\nOur minor gripe has something to do with not being able to save a customized workflow. There are a bunch of options and features you can combine to achieve a certain look. If you want to achieve the same, you have to tap on the options all over again. This becomes a problem if you forget what options you chose. A quick tap on the saved effect setting is going to solve this.\r\n\r\nCAMERA+ is not the type of app packed with any other random features just to be tagged as “powerful” or “full-featured.” It is definitely an amazing photo app that lets you shoot, edit, and share photos. Every little detail was carefully planned out to deliver a wonderful app an avid iPhoneographer truly deserves.\r\n\r\n \r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Camera+ App 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.tuaw.com/2010/07/20/tuaw-review-camera-for-iphone/\">TUAW</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“At the sale price of $1.99, adding Camera+ to my suite of photo tools on my iPhone was a no-brainer. It\'s a great addition to the other tools that I currently use, and compliments many of those apps as a post-processing app. tap tap tap definitely has a winner on their hands with Camera+, and we can all look forward to watching this app evolve in the future.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/camera-review-2/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148Apps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Camera+ is a camera replacement app that offers a variety of effects and features that the default camera and Photos app do not offer for editing users\' pictures.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/2011/03/29/camera-2-2-update-improved-auto-focus-and-clarity/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">LifeInLofi</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The new “Clarity” scene mode is an excellent new feature on its own. It definitely improves the value of Camera+ as an all-in-one.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Camera+','','inherit','open','open','','4622-revision-5','','','2011-08-07 15:57:52','2011-08-07 15:57:52','',4622,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4622-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(4620,14,'2011-08-07 15:31:05','2011-08-07 15:31:05','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\"><img title=\"CameraGenius\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"Camera Genius\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius-Logo.png\" alt=\"Camera Genius App Logo\" />\n\nCAMERA GENIUS has a dozen of camera features that lets users take, edit, and share not only their images but also their videos, within the app. It does a good job outperforming the native app but not enough to beat the best photo apps. </td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by  CodeGoo/<li>\n<li>DSLR interface with video support\n<li>Zoom, guides, burst mode, timer, and sound shot\n<li>Editing and adjustment tools \n<li>Photography manual for tips and tutorials\n<li>Photos and videos can be shared directly to Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, Picasa, MobileMe, Tumblr, YouTube, Clipboard, and email.\n<li>Costs $0.99\n\n\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>App works smoothly\n<li>Allows both picture and video taking\n<li>Multiple sharing options\n<li>Presence of in-app manual\n<li>Cheap\n\n\n\n\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Quality of photo effects and filters are just okay\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n Anyone\n\nCAMERA GENIUS is for the novice iPhoneographers who are looking for a dirt cheap iPhone app which can serve as a very able replacement for the built-in Camera app. \n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]CAMERA GENIUS is a good all-in-one photo app. But when compared to its competitors like the popular Camera+ and the new Top Camera, it comes up short to being an ultimate go-to app.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nCAMERA GENIUS maximizes the functionality of the native built-in camera of the iPhone by hoisting decent features that attempt to improve how users shoot photos. The basic – but perfectly necessary – ones are present: zoom, flash on/off, and use of both back and front camera. There’s also an anti-shake mechanism to help prevent blur in your shots as well as timer and burst modes.\n\nOne cool addition is the big button photography which transforms the majority of the interface into a huge button that shoots a photo. This is good if you’re the type who is all thumbs as you can just tap anywhere on your iPhone screen. This is in stark contrast of the painfully small button of the native camera app.\n\nAnother is the sound capture which triggers the app to shoot a photo when the mic picks up a sound. We think this is a rather unique feature we haven’t seen in other apps yet.\n\nCAMERA GENIUS also offers good selection of photo filters and effects for users’ disposal. Though it gets the job done, we can’t help but compare it to what others offer. If you want to have more room for creativity, you will be better off with say Camera+ which offers not just decent effects but also amazing ones.\n\nBut what we really have to commend about CAMERA GENIUS is the ability for user to share to multiple sites like Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, and MobileMe. Photos can also be shared all at once. It also provides a handy manual which serves as a good reference for the newbie photographer.\n\nAn average user perhaps will find it hard to manage a bunch of photo apps especially if they belong to the same category. Considering that CAMERA GENIUS is just a step above being mediocre for an all-around app, we feel that if there’s a dozen of this kind app installed on our iPhone and we want to keep just the really good ones, this app will be one of the first to get the boot.\n \n\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Camera Genius App 5 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appotography.com/2011/05/09/camera-genius-review-iphone/\">Appotography</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Is Camera Genius a good substitute for the native camera app? Yes, it is. It takes photos and videos and it has some extra features, like stabilizer, burst mode and exposure control, that are definitely an upgrade from iPhone’s native app. Taking photos can sometimes be a hassle for iDevice aficionados: Camera Genius, with its many tools, greatly improves the overall experience.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macstories.net/reviews/camera-genius-3-0-new-design-more-social-lots-of-dslr-love/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacStories</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Personally, I don’t think Camera Genius 3.0 feels as intuitive and powerful as Camera+, but I have to admit it’s got some pretty pixels to show on the iPhone 4′s Retina Display.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://touchreviews.net/camera-genius-iphone-photos/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\"TouchReviews</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The camera app is nothing short of basic, it takes pictures, it takes movies but other than that you are limited with what you can do.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','Camera Genius','','inherit','open','open','','4618-revision-2','','','2011-08-07 15:31:05','2011-08-07 15:31:05','',4618,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4618-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(4621,14,'2011-08-07 15:36:41','2011-08-07 15:36:41','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\"><img title=\"CameraGenius\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"Camera Genius\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius-Logo.png\" alt=\"Camera Genius App Logo\" />\n\nCAMERA GENIUS has a dozen of camera features that lets users take, edit, and share not only their images but also their videos, within the app. It does a good job outperforming the native app but not enough to beat the best. </td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by CodeGoo</li>\n<li>Video support</li>\n<li>Zoom, guides, burst mode, timer, and sound shot</li>\n<li>Editing and adjustment tools </li>\n<li>Photography manual for tips and tutorials</li>\n<li>Photos and videos can be shared directly to Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, Picasa, MobileMe, Tumblr, YouTube, Clipboard, and email.</li>\n<li>Costs $0.99</li>\n\n\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>App works smoothly</li>\n<li>Allows both picture and video taking</li>\n<li>Multiple sharing options</li>\n<li>Presence of in-app manual</li>\n<li>Cheap</li>\n\n\n\n\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Quality of photo effects and filters are just okay</li>\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n Anyone\n\nCAMERA GENIUS is for the novice iPhoneographers who are looking for a dirt cheap iPhone app which can serve as a very able replacement for the built-in Camera app. \n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]CAMERA GENIUS is a good all-in-one photo app. But when compared to its competitors like the popular Camera+ and the new Top Camera, it comes up short to being an ultimate go-to app.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nCAMERA GENIUS maximizes the functionality of the native built-in camera of the iPhone by hoisting decent features that attempt to improve how users shoot photos. The basic – but perfectly necessary – ones are present: zoom, flash on/off, and use of both back and front camera. There’s also an anti-shake mechanism to help prevent blur in your shots as well as timer and burst modes.\n\nOne cool addition is the big button photography which transforms the majority of the interface into a huge button that shoots a photo. This is good if you’re the type who is all thumbs as you can just tap anywhere on your iPhone screen. This is in stark contrast of the painfully small button of the native camera app.\n\nAnother is the sound capture which triggers the app to shoot a photo when the mic picks up a sound. We think this is a rather unique feature we haven’t seen in other apps yet.\n\nCAMERA GENIUS also offers good selection of photo filters and effects for users’ disposal. Though it gets the job done, we can’t help but compare it to what others offer. If you want to have more room for creativity, you will be better off with say Camera+ which offers not just decent effects but also amazing ones.\n\nBut what we really have to commend about CAMERA GENIUS is the ability for user to share to multiple sites like Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, and MobileMe. Photos can also be shared all at once. It also provides a handy manual which serves as a good reference for the newbie photographer.\n\nAn average user perhaps will find it hard to manage a bunch of photo apps especially if they belong to the same category. Considering that CAMERA GENIUS is just a step above being mediocre for an all-around app, we feel that if there’s a dozen of this kind of app installed on our iPhone and we want to keep just the really good ones, this app will be one of the first to get the cut.\n \n\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Camera Genius App 5 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appotography.com/2011/05/09/camera-genius-review-iphone/\">Appotography</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Is Camera Genius a good substitute for the native camera app? Yes, it is. It takes photos and videos and it has some extra features, like stabilizer, burst mode and exposure control, that are definitely an upgrade from iPhone’s native app. Taking photos can sometimes be a hassle for iDevice aficionados: Camera Genius, with its many tools, greatly improves the overall experience.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macstories.net/reviews/camera-genius-3-0-new-design-more-social-lots-of-dslr-love/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacStories</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Personally, I don’t think Camera Genius 3.0 feels as intuitive and powerful as Camera+, but I have to admit it’s got some pretty pixels to show on the iPhone 4′s Retina Display.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://touchreviews.net/camera-genius-iphone-photos/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\"TouchReviews</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The camera app is nothing short of basic, it takes pictures, it takes movies but other than that you are limited with what you can do.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','Camera Genius - Decent At BE','','inherit','open','open','','4618-revision-3','','','2011-08-07 15:36:41','2011-08-07 15:36:41','',4618,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4618-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(4609,5,'2011-08-07 06:53:27','2011-08-07 06:53:27','<p>\r\n&nsbp;\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n&nsbp;\r\n</p>\r\n[imageeffect type=\"lightbox\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"275\" height=\"178\"  alt=\"The Beginners Lens - Meet the Team\" url=\"wp-content/uploads/2011/08/meettheteam.png\" videourl=\"http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U8KgI8PAY6U\"]\r\n<p>\r\n&nsbp;\r\n</p>\r\n<p>\r\n&nsbp;\r\n</p>\r\n<div>\r\n<div style=\"float:left; margin:0px 20px 0px 0px\">[styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"230\" ]<img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/guy.png\" title=\"Hello I\'m Guy!\" alt=\"Hey look it\'s Guy!\">[/styledbox]</div><h3>Guy Yang</h3><br />Guy is a Parisian photography enthusiast and iPhoneographer. His friends and family consider him their go-to person for anything photography related and from that, the idea for The Beginners\' Lens was born! He started this project in 2010, and together with the rest of the team, he\'s helping people all over the world become better digital and iPhone photographers!<br /> <br /> Guy is a real \"ideas man\" and he\'s constantly coming up with new and exciting for The Beginners\' Lens. He\'s also in charge of producing and editing all the videos.[hozbreak]<div style=\"float:left; margin:0px 20px 0px 0px\">[styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"230\" ]<img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/audfinal.png\" title=\"Hello I\'m Audrey!\" alt=\"Hey look it\'s Audrey!\">[/styledbox]</div><h3>Audrey Taylor</h3>Audrey is an American ex-pat living in London. She\'s a real foodie and loves taking photos of practically everything she eats (she takes photos of other stuff too...but mostly food).<br /> <br />Audrey also brings a lot of ideas to the table, she works in a creative capacity taking care of the digital side of things, and writing content for the site.[hozbreak]<div style=\"float:left; margin:0px 20px 0px 0px\">[styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"230\" ]<img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/kristine.png\" title=\"Hello I\'m Kristine!\" alt=\"Hey look it\'s Kristine!\">[/styledbox]</div><h3>Kristine Magadia </h3>Kristine is a photography enthusiast living in Manila, she writes articles and digital content for the site. You can read her handiwork all over the site![hozbreak]<div style=\"float:left; margin:0px 20px 0px 0px\">[styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"230\" ]<img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/rebecca.png\" title=\"Hello I\'m Rebecca!\" alt=\"Hey look it\'s Rebecca!\">[/styledbox]</div><h3>Rebecca Arnold</h3>Rebecca is a Canadian illustrator...you may have already guessed, but she hand-drew the images of the team! As you can see, she\'s darn good at what she does. She\'s also created all of the cartoon characters in the Tips & Tricks section, so be sure to check those out.[hozbreak]<div style=\"float:left; margin:0px 20px 0px 0px\">[styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"230\" ]<img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/emin.png\" title=\"Hello I\'m Emin!\" alt=\"Hey look it\'s Emin!\">[/styledbox]</div><h3>Emin Roblack</h3>Hailing from Belgrade, Emin is the team\'s digital animator, he\'s responsible for all those cool animations you can see in our videos.[hozbreaktop]','Meet The Team','','inherit','open','open','','1235-revision-4','','','2011-08-07 06:53:27','2011-08-07 06:53:27','',1235,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/1235-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(5141,16,'2011-09-07 08:00:49','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','DSLR For Dummies - Part 2 . Get out of Auto Mode with our easy guide. http://tinyurl.com/42sk229','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-09-07 08:00:49','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=5141',0,'tweet','',0),(5142,16,'2011-09-08 08:03:44','0000-00-00 00:00:00','error','Karen Messick talks iPhoneography with us! http://tinyurl.com/3wrg4u3','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-09-08 08:03:44','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=5142',0,'tweet','',0),(5143,16,'2011-09-08 08:03:44','0000-00-00 00:00:00','error','Karen Messick talks iPhoneography with us! http://tinyurl.com/3wrg4u3','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-09-08 08:03:44','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=5143',0,'tweet','',0),(5144,16,'2011-09-08 08:03:45','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','Karen Messick talks iPhoneography with us! http://tinyurl.com/3wrg4u3','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-09-08 08:03:45','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=5144',0,'tweet','',0),(4612,14,'2011-08-07 15:12:50','2011-08-07 15:12:50','','CameraGenius','','inherit','open','open','','cameragenius','','','2011-08-07 15:12:50','2011-08-07 15:12:50','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4613,14,'2011-08-07 15:13:02','2011-08-07 15:13:02','','CameraGenius-Logo','','inherit','open','open','','cameragenius-logo','','','2011-08-07 15:13:02','2011-08-07 15:13:02','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius-Logo.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4614,14,'2011-08-07 15:13:13','2011-08-07 15:13:13','','CameraP','','inherit','open','open','','camerap','','','2011-08-07 15:13:13','2011-08-07 15:13:13','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4615,14,'2011-08-07 15:13:22','2011-08-07 15:13:22','','CameraP-Logo','','inherit','open','open','','camerap-logo','','','2011-08-07 15:13:22','2011-08-07 15:13:22','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraP-Logo.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4616,14,'2011-08-07 15:13:33','2011-08-07 15:13:33','','Swankolab','','inherit','open','open','','swankolab','','','2011-08-07 15:13:33','2011-08-07 15:13:33','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Swankolab.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4617,14,'2011-08-07 15:13:45','2011-08-07 15:13:45','','Swankolab-Logo','','inherit','open','open','','swankolab-logo','','','2011-08-07 15:13:45','2011-08-07 15:13:45','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Swankolab-Logo.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4618,14,'2011-08-26 08:00:16','2011-08-26 08:00:16','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\"><img title=\"CameraGenius\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Camera Genius\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/CameraGenius-Logo.png\" alt=\"Camera Genius App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nCAMERA GENIUS iPhone App has a really good selection of features that lets users take, edit, and share not only images but also videos, within the app. It does a good job of outperforming the native app, but it\'s just not quite feature-heavy enough to beat the best. </td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by CodeGoo</li>\r\n<li>Video support</li>\r\n<li>Zoom, guides, burst mode, timer, and sound shot</li>\r\n<li>Editing and adjustment tools </li>\r\n<li>Photography manual for tips and tutorials</li>\r\n<li>Photos and videos can be shared directly to Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, Picasa, MobileMe, Tumblr, YouTube, Clipboard, and email.</li>\r\n<li>Costs $0.99</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>App works smoothly</li>\r\n<li>Allows both picture and video taking</li>\r\n<li>Multiple sharing options</li>\r\n<li>Presence of in-app manual</li>\r\n<li>Cheap</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Quality of photo effects and filters are just okay</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nCAMERA GENIUS is for beginners and novice iPhoneographers who are looking for a cheap, reliable, and most importantly <em>easy</em> iPhone app which serves as a capable replacement for the native camera app. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]CAMERA GENIUS iPhone app is a good but not great all-in-one option. It just doesn\'t quite measure up feature-wise when compared to its competitors like the popular Camera+ and Top Camera. For many intermediate to advanced iPhoneographers, it will fall short simply due to the fact that it offers less features than its competitors.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nCAMERA GENIUS iPhone app builds on the native camera app by helping users to improve the way they shoot photos. You\'ve got all of the basic shooting features including zoom, flash, and use of both back and front camera (for iPhone 4 users). Also included is a useful anti-shake mechanism to help prevent blurry photos, as well as timer and burst modes.\r\n\r\nThere are a couple of notable shooting features here, namely the \"big button\" which transforms the whole viewfinder into a shutter button. This is really useful if you\'re all thumbs...just tap anywhere on the screen to take your photo! The big button is a big (pun intended) improvement on the painfully small button of the native camera app. Also worthy of an honorable mention is the sound capture mechanism which triggers the shutter button to take a photo on hearing a sound. This feature is really rather unique, and very few apps have it. Of course, the skeptics will say that very few apps have this feature as it\'s not really that useful...but we\'ll leave that for you to decide. \r\n\r\nCAMERA GENIUS also offers good selection of photo filters and effects; and the effects can be used on photos from the camera roll or taken in another app. Although the in-app editing gets the job done, we can’t help but compare it to what others have to offer. If you want to really unleash your creativity, you will be better off with a dedicated editing app like FX Photo Studio, or a more advanced all-in-one such as Camera+, both of which offer superb effects.  \r\n\r\nWe do have to give CAMERA GENIUS props for it\'s multiple sharing platforms. Users can share through Email, to Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, MobileMe, Picasa, Flickr, and save to the clipboard. Another great perk is that several photos can be shared at one time. \r\n\r\nFinally, beginner users will find the in-app manual really handy as it serves as a good reference for the newbie photographer. Given that the average user will probably not need several all-in-one apps, CAMERA GENIUS iPhone app is probably better left to those looking for a simple alternative to the native camera app. Yes, it\'s good...but there are more comprehensive and ultimately better value for money apps out there. \r\n \r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"3.5 Flash Rating for Camera Genius App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/3.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Camera Genius App 3.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>','Camera Genius iPhone App - For Beginner iPhoneographers','','publish','open','open','','camera-genius-iphone-app-for-beginner-iphoneographers','','\nhttp://appotography.com/2011/05/09/camera-genius-review-iphone/','2011-08-30 12:23:48','2011-08-30 12:23:48','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=4618',0,'post','',0),(4605,5,'2011-08-07 06:52:46','2011-08-07 06:52:46','[imageeffect type=\"lightbox\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"275\" height=\"178\"  alt=\"The Beginners Lens - Meet the Team\" url=\"wp-content/uploads/2011/08/meettheteam.png\" videourl=\"http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U8KgI8PAY6U\"]\n<p>\n\n<div>\n<div style=\"float:left; margin:0px 20px 0px 0px\">[styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"230\" ]<img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/guy.png\" title=\"Hello I\'m Guy!\" alt=\"Hey look it\'s Guy!\">[/styledbox]</div><h3>Guy Yang</h3><br />Guy is a Parisian photography enthusiast and iPhoneographer. His friends and family consider him their go-to person for anything photography related and from that, the idea for The Beginners\' Lens was born! He started this project in 2010, and together with the rest of the team, he\'s helping people all over the world become better digital and iPhone photographers!<br /> <br /> Guy is a real \"ideas man\" and he\'s constantly coming up with new and exciting for The Beginners\' Lens. He\'s also in charge of producing and editing all the videos.[hozbreak]<div style=\"float:left; margin:0px 20px 0px 0px\">[styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"230\" ]<img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/audfinal.png\" title=\"Hello I\'m Audrey!\" alt=\"Hey look it\'s Audrey!\">[/styledbox]</div><h3>Audrey Taylor</h3>Audrey is an American ex-pat living in London. She\'s a real foodie and loves taking photos of practically everything she eats (she takes photos of other stuff too...but mostly food).<br /> <br />Audrey also brings a lot of ideas to the table, she works in a creative capacity taking care of the digital side of things, and writing content for the site.[hozbreak]<div style=\"float:left; margin:0px 20px 0px 0px\">[styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"230\" ]<img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/kristine.png\" title=\"Hello I\'m Kristine!\" alt=\"Hey look it\'s Kristine!\">[/styledbox]</div><h3>Kristine Magadia </h3>Kristine is a photography enthusiast living in Manila, she writes articles and digital content for the site. You can read her handiwork all over the site![hozbreak]<div style=\"float:left; margin:0px 20px 0px 0px\">[styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"230\" ]<img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/rebecca.png\" title=\"Hello I\'m Rebecca!\" alt=\"Hey look it\'s Rebecca!\">[/styledbox]</div><h3>Rebecca Arnold</h3>Rebecca is a Canadian illustrator...you may have already guessed, but she hand-drew the images of the team! As you can see, she\'s darn good at what she does. She\'s also created all of the cartoon characters in the Tips & Tricks section, so be sure to check those out.[hozbreak]<div style=\"float:left; margin:0px 20px 0px 0px\">[styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"230\" ]<img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/emin.png\" title=\"Hello I\'m Emin!\" alt=\"Hey look it\'s Emin!\">[/styledbox]</div><h3>Emin Roblack</h3>Hailing from Belgrade, Emin is the team\'s digital animator, he\'s responsible for all those cool animations you can see in our videos.[hozbreaktop]','Meet The Team','','inherit','open','open','','1235-autosave','','','2011-08-07 06:52:46','2011-08-07 06:52:46','',1235,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/1235-autosave.html',0,'revision','',0),(4606,5,'2011-06-21 16:45:51','2011-06-21 16:45:51','<div style=\"float:left; margin:0px 20px 0px 0px\">[styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"230\" ]<img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/guy.png\" title=\"Hello I\'m Guy!\" alt=\"Hey look it\'s Guy!\">[/styledbox]</div><h3>Guy Yang</h3><br />Guy is a Parisian photography enthusiast and iPhoneographer. His friends and family consider him their go-to person for anything photography related and from that, the idea for The Beginners\' Lens was born! He started this project in 2010, and together with the rest of the team, he\'s helping people all over the world become better digital and iPhone photographers!<br /> <br /> Guy is a real \"ideas man\" and he\'s constantly coming up with new and exciting for The Beginners\' Lens. He\'s also in charge of producing and editing all the videos.[hozbreak]<div style=\"float:left; margin:0px 20px 0px 0px\">[styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"230\" ]<img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/audfinal.png\" title=\"Hello I\'m Audrey!\" alt=\"Hey look it\'s Audrey!\">[/styledbox]</div><h3>Audrey Taylor</h3>Audrey is an American ex-pat living in London. She\'s a real foodie and loves taking photos of practically everything she eats (she takes photos of other stuff too...but mostly food).<br /> <br />Audrey also brings a lot of ideas to the table, she works in a creative capacity taking care of the digital side of things, and writing content for the site.[hozbreak]<div style=\"float:left; margin:0px 20px 0px 0px\">[styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"230\" ]<img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/kristine.png\" title=\"Hello I\'m Kristine!\" alt=\"Hey look it\'s Kristine!\">[/styledbox]</div><h3>Kristine Magadia </h3>Kristine is a photography enthusiast living in Manila, she writes articles and digital content for the site. You can read her handiwork all over the site![hozbreak]<div style=\"float:left; margin:0px 20px 0px 0px\">[styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"230\" ]<img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/rebecca.png\" title=\"Hello I\'m Rebecca!\" alt=\"Hey look it\'s Rebecca!\">[/styledbox]</div><h3>Rebecca Arnold</h3>Rebecca is a Canadian illustrator...you may have already guessed, but she hand-drew the images of the team! As you can see, she\'s darn good at what she does. She\'s also created all of the cartoon characters in the Tips & Tricks section, so be sure to check those out.[hozbreak]<div style=\"float:left; margin:0px 20px 0px 0px\">[styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"230\" ]<img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/emin.png\" title=\"Hello I\'m Emin!\" alt=\"Hey look it\'s Emin!\">[/styledbox]</div><h3>Emin Roblack</h3>Hailing from Belgrade, Emin is the team\'s digital animator, he\'s responsible for all those cool animations you can see in our videos.[hozbreaktop]','Meet The Team','','inherit','open','open','','1235-revision','','','2011-06-21 16:45:51','2011-06-21 16:45:51','',1235,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/1235-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(4608,5,'2011-08-07 06:51:41','2011-08-07 06:51:41','[imageeffect type=\"lightbox\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"424\" height=\"258\"  alt=\"The Beginners Lens - Meet the Team\" url=\"wp-content/uploads/2011/08/meettheteam.png\" videourl=\"http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U8KgI8PAY6U\"]\r\n<div>\r\n<div style=\"float:left; margin:0px 20px 0px 0px\">[styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"230\" ]<img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/guy.png\" title=\"Hello I\'m Guy!\" alt=\"Hey look it\'s Guy!\">[/styledbox]</div><h3>Guy Yang</h3><br />Guy is a Parisian photography enthusiast and iPhoneographer. His friends and family consider him their go-to person for anything photography related and from that, the idea for The Beginners\' Lens was born! He started this project in 2010, and together with the rest of the team, he\'s helping people all over the world become better digital and iPhone photographers!<br /> <br /> Guy is a real \"ideas man\" and he\'s constantly coming up with new and exciting for The Beginners\' Lens. He\'s also in charge of producing and editing all the videos.[hozbreak]<div style=\"float:left; margin:0px 20px 0px 0px\">[styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"230\" ]<img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/audfinal.png\" title=\"Hello I\'m Audrey!\" alt=\"Hey look it\'s Audrey!\">[/styledbox]</div><h3>Audrey Taylor</h3>Audrey is an American ex-pat living in London. She\'s a real foodie and loves taking photos of practically everything she eats (she takes photos of other stuff too...but mostly food).<br /> <br />Audrey also brings a lot of ideas to the table, she works in a creative capacity taking care of the digital side of things, and writing content for the site.[hozbreak]<div style=\"float:left; margin:0px 20px 0px 0px\">[styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"230\" ]<img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/kristine.png\" title=\"Hello I\'m Kristine!\" alt=\"Hey look it\'s Kristine!\">[/styledbox]</div><h3>Kristine Magadia </h3>Kristine is a photography enthusiast living in Manila, she writes articles and digital content for the site. You can read her handiwork all over the site![hozbreak]<div style=\"float:left; margin:0px 20px 0px 0px\">[styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"230\" ]<img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/rebecca.png\" title=\"Hello I\'m Rebecca!\" alt=\"Hey look it\'s Rebecca!\">[/styledbox]</div><h3>Rebecca Arnold</h3>Rebecca is a Canadian illustrator...you may have already guessed, but she hand-drew the images of the team! As you can see, she\'s darn good at what she does. She\'s also created all of the cartoon characters in the Tips & Tricks section, so be sure to check those out.[hozbreak]<div style=\"float:left; margin:0px 20px 0px 0px\">[styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"230\" ]<img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/emin.png\" title=\"Hello I\'m Emin!\" alt=\"Hey look it\'s Emin!\">[/styledbox]</div><h3>Emin Roblack</h3>Hailing from Belgrade, Emin is the team\'s digital animator, he\'s responsible for all those cool animations you can see in our videos.[hozbreaktop]','Meet The Team','','inherit','open','open','','1235-revision-3','','','2011-08-07 06:51:41','2011-08-07 06:51:41','',1235,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/1235-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(4607,5,'2011-08-07 06:44:47','2011-08-07 06:44:47','[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"250\" height=\"188\"  alt=\"The Beginners Lens - Meet the Team\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/meettheteam.png\" videourl=\"http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U8KgI8PAY6U\" ]\r\n<div style=\"float:left; margin:0px 20px 0px 0px\">[styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"230\" ]<img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/guy.png\" title=\"Hello I\'m Guy!\" alt=\"Hey look it\'s Guy!\">[/styledbox]</div><h3>Guy Yang</h3><br />Guy is a Parisian photography enthusiast and iPhoneographer. His friends and family consider him their go-to person for anything photography related and from that, the idea for The Beginners\' Lens was born! He started this project in 2010, and together with the rest of the team, he\'s helping people all over the world become better digital and iPhone photographers!<br /> <br /> Guy is a real \"ideas man\" and he\'s constantly coming up with new and exciting for The Beginners\' Lens. He\'s also in charge of producing and editing all the videos.[hozbreak]<div style=\"float:left; margin:0px 20px 0px 0px\">[styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"230\" ]<img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/audfinal.png\" title=\"Hello I\'m Audrey!\" alt=\"Hey look it\'s Audrey!\">[/styledbox]</div><h3>Audrey Taylor</h3>Audrey is an American ex-pat living in London. She\'s a real foodie and loves taking photos of practically everything she eats (she takes photos of other stuff too...but mostly food).<br /> <br />Audrey also brings a lot of ideas to the table, she works in a creative capacity taking care of the digital side of things, and writing content for the site.[hozbreak]<div style=\"float:left; margin:0px 20px 0px 0px\">[styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"230\" ]<img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/kristine.png\" title=\"Hello I\'m Kristine!\" alt=\"Hey look it\'s Kristine!\">[/styledbox]</div><h3>Kristine Magadia </h3>Kristine is a photography enthusiast living in Manila, she writes articles and digital content for the site. You can read her handiwork all over the site![hozbreak]<div style=\"float:left; margin:0px 20px 0px 0px\">[styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"230\" ]<img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/rebecca.png\" title=\"Hello I\'m Rebecca!\" alt=\"Hey look it\'s Rebecca!\">[/styledbox]</div><h3>Rebecca Arnold</h3>Rebecca is a Canadian illustrator...you may have already guessed, but she hand-drew the images of the team! As you can see, she\'s darn good at what she does. She\'s also created all of the cartoon characters in the Tips & Tricks section, so be sure to check those out.[hozbreak]<div style=\"float:left; margin:0px 20px 0px 0px\">[styledbox type=\"general\" width=\"230\" ]<img src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/emin.png\" title=\"Hello I\'m Emin!\" alt=\"Hey look it\'s Emin!\">[/styledbox]</div><h3>Emin Roblack</h3>Hailing from Belgrade, Emin is the team\'s digital animator, he\'s responsible for all those cool animations you can see in our videos.[hozbreaktop]','Meet The Team','','inherit','open','open','','1235-revision-2','','','2011-08-07 06:44:47','2011-08-07 06:44:47','',1235,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/1235-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(3298,14,'2011-06-13 14:04:43','2011-06-13 14:04:43','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/SmugMug.png\"><img title=\"SmugMug\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/SmugMug.png\" alt=\"smugmug-software\" width=\"300\" height=\"375\" /></a></td>\r\n<td>SmugMug is perhaps one of the most, if not the most, powerful and feature-rich online photo-sharing and storing service today. It offers unlimited photo storage, advanced customization options, advanced privacy settings, and responsive support staff; making their service pretty hard to beat.</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"]  Overview  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"]  Cheers  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"]  Jeers  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"]  Who is it for?  [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"]  The Verdict  [/tabhead_last]  [tab id=\"1\"]  [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Family-owned site, run by only 30 employees</li>\r\n	<li>Unlimited photo storage</li>\r\n	<li>Professional-looking online albums</li>\r\n	<li>Multiple ways to upload photos</li>\r\n	<li>Relatively expensive compared to its rivals</li>\r\n	<li>No ads, no spam</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Ad-free</li>\r\n	<li>Easy site navigation</li>\r\n	<li>Store as many photos as you want</li>\r\n	<li>Photos can be password-protected</li>\r\n	<li>Active online community</li>\r\n	<li>Sell your photos (for Power and Pro account holders only)</li>\r\n	<li>Responsive and useful customer support</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"]  [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Very pricey</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Proud beginner\r\n Amateur hobbyist\r\n<strong>√ Advanced users</strong>\r\n Professional editors\r\n\r\nThough it makes a great photo hosting service, SmugMug is ideal for the advanced users who wish to make profit from selling their photos. [/tab]\r\n\r\n[tab id=\"5\"]SmugMug is not easy on the pocketbook, but with all the bells and whistles it offers, you do get what you pay for here and for many photo professionals, it\'s worth the extra cash.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n<strong>User interface: Clean, no spam and no ads!</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\nThe interface of SmugMug is simple, clear, very direct and to the point. Navigating around the site does not take a great deal effort as the menus at the top are easily accessible. The SmugMug site sports a simple yet professional design but don\'t let this intimidate or scare you. The basic theme allows you to wander through the service with ease.\r\n\r\nMost people hate excessive ads, spam, and all the rest of that clutter. Thankfully, SmugMug has taken this into consideration and there are no ads and links populating the pages, making the site quick to load, with no obstructions.\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n<strong>Ease of use: Beginner-friendly even though designed for advanced users</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\nThere are three (3) different types of SmugMug accounts: Basic ($40/year), Power ($60/year), and Pro ($150/year). The Basic plan offers unlimited storage of photos and videos and minimal degree of customization. The Power plan allows you to customize the header, navigation, colors, and footer among others. The Pro plan is for the profit-oriented user who wants to sell photos (SmugMug offers excellent user interface for selling photos). For a complete list of plan features, click <a href=\"http://www.smugmug.com/photos/photo-sharing-features/\">here</a>. The service seems to be relatively expensive so you may want to try it out first before jumping into the deep end. We recommend that you take advantage of the 14-day free trial.\r\n\r\nThough SmugMug is not really target towards beginners, it remains easy to use that one can easily navigate their way through the site.\r\n\r\nAlso, uploading photos doesn\'t take a lot of time, which is of course good news to those who store all of their photos online. Before you start uploading, you will be prompted to enter the name/title for the gallery/album. There is a drop down of categories below it so you can sort out and organize your photos better and make it easier to find. If you’re the artsy type or if you just want to make the album look a little bit more awesome, there are many available background themes that you can choose from. You can also set the privacy of the album (more on this later).\r\n\r\nThere are four (4) ways you can upload photos: Windows drag and drop, batch uploading for Internet Explorer, batch uploading for OS 9 and OS X, and batch uploading for other systems like Linux. Regardless of what method you choose, photo uploading will be as easy as 1-2-3.\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n<strong>Editing and Printing performance: Basic fixes, nice-looking prints</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\nQuick fixes are readily available on site. You can crop the photo, apply color effect, add a caption and many others. Although the photo editing options on SmugMug don\'t hold a candle to Adobe Photoshop these editing tools are still useful.\r\n\r\nSmugMug also offers printing services. You can order beautiful quality prints and have them mailed to an address of your choice.\r\n\r\nBelow is the cost of its services in USD:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Wallet size (4 pcs.): $0.99</li>\r\n	<li>4x6: $0.19</li>\r\n	<li>5x7: $0.79</li>\r\n	<li>8x10: $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nPhoto gifts are available too. Aside from prints, you can also order cards, photo books, and posters.\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n<strong>Sharing: Your photos are safe here!</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\nYour friends and family can view your uploaded photos in SmugMug - and you can send them links through email, publish your photos on Facebook or Twitter, or embed links into blogs and online forums. Unlike other online photo services, people who want to see your shared photos do not have to create a SmugMug account.\r\n\r\nMoreover, you have several options on how to display your photos. You can set the privacy to public, private, or unlisted. You can also set up passwords for your photo albums, thus ensuring that your photos are safe with their secure server. And you can invite the people viewing your photos to download high resolution version or buy prints. And whats better, SmugMug will keep the original full resolution copies of your photos!\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n<strong>Tools of the trade: Unlimited storage, customer support, great online community</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\nFor photo storage services such as SmugMug, of greatest concern should be: “How many photos can I store?” With SmugMug, the sky is the limit! As advertised in its website, “every SmugMug account includes unlimited photo uploads of JPG (the files your camera produces), GIF and PNG files with no additional charges.” That’s great news for the trigger-happy shooters who take tons of photos!\r\n\r\nAnother applaudable aspect of SmugMug is its customer support, which ensures users get the most out of the service they are paying for. As attested by TopTenReviews, “SmugMug offers several options to get answers to questions you may have concerning the service. There is a FAQs page, tutorials, user forum and an email address to contact customer service. We were very impressed with SmugMug’s quick response to our email—less than 20 minutes.”\r\n\r\nAlso available on iPad, iPhone, and Android devices as a mobile app, SmugMug also features an online discussion section where users can interact with and learn from each other, share photo tips and tricks, and much more. StarReviews shared, “our team really enjoyed the blogs and forums, allowing us to participate in discussions about photos and other hobbies, which made us feel that we were really a part of the digital photography community.”\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n<strong>The Verdict (Extended version)</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\nSmugMug has already built a name for themselves in the online photo business. They know the needs of the customers and efficiently addresses them, and they have prioritized superb customer service above all else. As folks from StarReview put it, “SmugMug’s website has an honest, grassroots feel to it…. (It) makes you feel cared for as a customer and not taken advantage of.”\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\" href=\"http://photo-sharing-services-review.toptenreviews.com/smugmug-review.html\">TopTenReviews.com</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Although SmugMug offers a good photo sharing service, the cost is quite higher than some of the other websites starting at $59.95.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\" href=\"http://www.starreviews.com/smug-mug.aspx\">StarReviews.com</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Our team really enjoyed the blogs and forums, allowing us to participate in discussions about photos and other hobbies, which made us feel that we were really a part of the digital hotography community.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\" href=\"http://www.photographyreview.com/cat/online-imaging-services/photo-sharing-and-printing/smugmug/photo-sharing/prd_302722_3092crx.aspx\">LucDeJaeger of PhotographyReview.com</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“As a professional photographer we want to make sure our photos look great and are safe. Very safe. At first I had a Flickr account but as they had not enough privacy settings I looked for other photo hosting services. The one that came out as the best (for me) was SmugMug.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','SmugMug: Top Quality Sharing & Storing','','publish','open','open','','smugmug-top-quality-sharing-storing','','','2011-09-26 07:53:44','2011-09-26 07:53:44','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=3298',0,'post','',0),(4603,16,'2011-08-04 16:14:44','2011-08-04 16:14:44','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/WordFoto.png\"><img title=\"WordFoto\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/WordFoto.png\" width=\"469\" height=\"340\" alt=\"WordFoto\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"PhotoTransferApp\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/WordFoto-Logo.png\" alt=\"WordFoto App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nWords can serve as a great addition to a photograph, not just as a caption but you can literally incorporate them into the photo as part of the overall effect. Enter WORDFOTO App. This app combines photos with words making a visually striking one-of-a-kind creation!</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by bitCycle AB</li>\r\n<li>Preloaded with word sets but user can also add their own sets</li>\r\n<li>Many font styles</li>\r\n<li>Eight preset styles to choose from</li>\r\n<li>Customizable photo settings such as brightness, contrast, and saturation</li>\r\n<li>Share photos via email or Facebook</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Varied options, considerable degree of customization</li>\r\n<li>Can process existing photos from your Camera Roll</li>\r\n<li>Has built-in camera app</li>\r\n<li>Usable pre-defined colour effects</li>\r\n<li>Great results (given a good match between photo quality and creativity)</li>\r\n<li>Save full-resolution photos</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Limited sharing through Facebook and email - other options would be useful</li>\r\n<li>Novelty value wears off without good results</li>\r\n<li>A bit pricey for what\'s on offer</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nWORDFOTO App is fantastic for newbie iPhoneographers and casual iPhone shooters who are looking for unconventional or novelty ways to enhance their shots.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]WORDFOTO App offers a fun and exciting way to spice up your iPhone photos with words. However, it only has one function, so best to be sure you\'ll really use it before you shell out two bucks for it. [/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nWORDFOTO is a funky little app that can turn seemingly \"regular\" photos into something interesting and fun, given the novelty factor. Turn your photos into typographic designs in just a few minutes. \r\n\r\nThe app is packed with an array of options so there\'s plenty of effects and looks that can be achieved. There are a number of good presets and word sets stored in the app, but you can also create your own to suit the image. Plus, there are fine tuning options to further improve the photo by adjusting the saturation, edging, and contrast. There’s also a handy cropping tool to boost the impact. Most of the images we have seen are really fun and pop with color and meaning.\r\n\r\nThough WORDFOTO can transform an ordinary photo into an appealing one, this app is not suitable for all photos. The quality of the edited image also largely depends on the quality of the original, unedited version as well as the subject in the photo. You\'ll need to play around with lots of photos to get the best results, and beware - the novelty factor can wear off quite quickly! It would have also been a bit better if there were more sharing options included in the app, these days just Facebook and email seems a bit limited.  \r\n\r\nThe app also seems to be a little bit pricey at $1.99 considering that it only does one type of edit. When compared to other apps such as FX Photo Studio and King Camera which are also on the same price point, there\'s better value for money out there. But on the other hand, this app is unique enough to justify the purchase on those grounds alone. So if word processed, pop-art influenced images is your cup of tea, then this app is for you.\r\n\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for WordFoto App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give WordFoto App 4.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appotography.com/2011/05/24/wordfoto-review-iphone/\">Appotography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“WordFoto is definitely not a memorable app, one you cannot do without after you try it, mainly because the effects you can achieve are very limited and not particularly original. They are OK, but they can get quite stale after a few times. Nevertheless, WordFoto is still a curious app that can still have some use in a few instances, especially if used creatively.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/2011/05/27/app-review-wordfoto/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">LifeIfLofi</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Not for all photos, but works really well with the right pics. WordFoto is a fun app that can also add powerful messages.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.knowyourapps.com/review/wordfoto/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">KnowYourApps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Nevertheless, WordFoto clearly has a novel value, and it would have been good to see other effects offered, but it’s a nice app to play around with and create some interesting, yet basic photo artwork.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','WordFoto App - Photos + Words = Fun iPhotos','','inherit','open','open','','4454-revision-9','','','2011-08-04 16:14:44','2011-08-04 16:14:44','',4454,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4454-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(4604,16,'2011-08-06 11:06:08','2011-08-06 11:06:08','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/ProHDR.png\"><img title=\"ProHDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/ProHDR.png\" width=\"466\" height=\"340\" alt=\"Pro HDR\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"ProHDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/ProHDR-Logo.png\" alt=\"ProHDR App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPRO HDR proudly brings high dynamic range (HDR) photography right to your fingertips...anytime, anywhere. No need to painstakingly shoot multiple photos, transfer them to the computer, manually align and tonemap them - do it all on your iPhone.</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by eyeApps LLC</li>\r\n<li>Automatic and Manual HDR modes</li>\r\n<li>Quickly aligns full-size photos</li>\r\n<li>Photo Library support</li>\r\n<li>Save images at 3 or 5 megapixels</li>\r\n<li>Share HDR outputs through email</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Clean and easy-to-navigate interface</li>\r\n<li>Option to shoot single HDR photo or multiple shots to be combined into one HDR photo</li>\r\n<li>Customizable exposure settings</li>\r\n<li>Alignment is very good</li>\r\n<li>Accessible tutorial on HDR</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<liShooting and processing time is a tad slow</li>\r\n<liNot integrated to social media sites like Facebook and Twitter</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPRO HDR is for anyone who wants to try out HDR photography on the iPhone! Whether you’re a beginner or a pro, this app is a must-have as it vastly improves the quality of your shots, even those taken in low-light. Advanced users may still prefer to process HDR photos using Adobe Photoshop for more flexibility but if you’re into HDR on-the-move, this app will surely come in handy. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]Arguably, PRO HDR is by far the most intelligent and flexible HDR photo app in the market today.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nPRO HDR has hit the nail on the head when it comes to what users really want from an app - something that offers several options for different shooting circumstances while delivering good results.\r\n\r\nWith PRO HDR, iPhoneographers have two shooting options: Automatic HDR and Manual HDR. If you\'re in a hurry or want to avoid taking multiple shots, just choose Auto HDR and all you have to do is to tap on the screen and PRO HDR will do the rest. If you want to flex your creativity, try out the Manual HDR mode which enables you to choose the brightness and darkness for each of the HDR images you capture.\r\n\r\nWith PRO HDR you\'ve also got the freedom to adjust settings such as saturation, brightness, contrast, and tint to get a better output unlike other HDR apps where the final photo is as unchangeable – what you shoot is what you get (good or bad).\r\n\r\nThis app is also pretty darn clever...PRO HDR prompts you to take a photo of a dark part and bright part of a scene. Then it will automatically “align” the pictures and blend them together. The result is an HDR photo that is much closer to what the eye sees, but that the iPhone camera could not possibly see with such a small sensor.\r\n\r\nThe only real drawback here is that you might be waiting awhile for the shots to process...the rendering stage is quite lengthy to be frank. But hey, what can we say? Results like this take a bit of time. While the results are not likely to be as what a DSLR could offer, they are still way above what a regular camera phone can deliver. With Pro HDR and iPhone 4’s built-in HDR function, you\'ll blow away any smartphone competition by a mile. \r\n\r\nIt is a pity that the developers haven\'t integrated sharing photos to sites like Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr especially now that online photo sharing is a major trend, but ultimately we can live with this oversight as we\'re pretty sure it will be included in the next update. How could they not include it? \r\n\r\nOverall, this is a fantastic go-to app for creating HDR photos on the iPHone. At $1.99, we think it\'s money <em>very</em> well spent.\r\n\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Pro HDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Pro HDR 4.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2010/1/8/iphone-app-review-pro-hdr-by-robert-barr.html\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The bottom line is I am in love with this application… For $1.99 I would say everyone that has any interest whatsoever should download this Application.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/pro-hdr-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148apps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Pro HDR has more options and generally takes a better picture than the built in camera HDR, but it does sacrifice a bit of speed and convenience in the process.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://photofocus.com/2010/08/31/pro-hdr-for-iphone-mini-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">PhotoFocus</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Pro HDR won’t eliminate the need for a DSLR and tripod for serious HDR shooters, but if you just want to have some fun with your iPhone, this app provides a bunch of it for $1.99.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Pro HDR – Shoot Stunning HDR Photos On The iPhone','','inherit','open','open','','4392-revision-12','','','2011-08-06 11:06:08','2011-08-06 11:06:08','',4392,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4392-revision-12.html',0,'revision','',0),(4601,16,'2011-08-06 14:07:58','2011-08-06 14:07:58','If you\'re a fan of the old school, surprisingly fun and quirky photos you can get with cheap plastic cameras then you might already know about Hipstamatic. Maybe you\'ve already downloaded the Hipstamatic app but you\'re looking for a quick Hipstamatic guide to learn the basics? Well, this post is for you! \r\n\r\nReleased in 2010, it has remained at the top of photography app charts ever since. With several built-in lenses, types of flash, and different films, there are literally hundreds of combinations that can be achieved. But what is really exciting about Hipstamatic is that each photo is unique, a little bit off-beat, and definitely quirky. Using the Hipstamatic app feels a little bit like photo roulette, you never know exactly what you\'re going to get, and the hope of something stunningly fantastic keeps iPhoneographers coming back to this app time and time again. What\'s even better is that you can shake your phone to randomize the lens / film / flash combo or you can select the combination yourself based on the photo you want to take. \r\n\r\n<h4>Let\'s take a quick look at the interface so you can get to know your way around the app: </h4>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"269\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Interface\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic1.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<h4>Let\'s start with the shake-it-up method:</h4>\r\n\r\n1. Open up the Hipstamatic app, and give your phone a good shake to generate your combination of lens, film, and flash. \r\n\r\n2. If you\'re using an iPhone 4, or you would like to use the Hipstamatic flash (it\'s not a real flash per se, but rather a simulated flash), slide the flash switch to the left. You\'ll see the Flash Ready light up in green when ready. \r\n\r\n3. Compose your photo in the viewfinder. Another quirk that comes along with the Hipstamatic app is the viewfinder is a little bit smaller than what you actually get in the resulting photo - all works towards the photo roulette factor! \r\n\r\n4. Tap the shutter button when you want to take your photo, and wait for it to develop. A green light will appear next to the View Prints button in the bottom left corner of the interface. \r\n\r\n5. To check out your prints, tap the View Prints button and you\'ll be taken straight into the photo gallery that looks a little something like this: \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"305\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Photo Album\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic3.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<h4>To see check out the photo in more detail and to see the lens, flash, and film used for that shot just tap on the image and it will open up in a new window:</h4> \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"305\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Photo Details\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic4.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nOne of the best ways to take your creativity to the next level within Hipstamatic is to select your own combination of lens, film, and flash. Once you get to know what you like, its great fun to start experimenting with app to get different results based on your shooting situation. \r\n\r\nNow, keeping in mind that the lenses, film, and flash we’re talking about here are wholly imaginary, they are filters and actions applied in the app processing to affect your photos. Here’s a little bit more info on the actions: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Lenses essentially add a filter effect to your photo</li>\r\n<li>Some films add a border or frame to your photo while others add a filter effect</li>\r\n<li>Flash typically applies a burst of light or an overall color tone to your image</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\nYou can read more about the effects achieved from the lenses, film, and flashes in the Hipstamart, which is the in-app shop where you can expand your Hipstamatic “camera bag”. \r\n\r\nLet’s get familiar with the front of the Hipstamatic camera: \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"269\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Front of Camera\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hipstamaticcamerafront.pngg\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<h4>To select your lens, flash and film simply:</h4> \r\n\r\n1.	Switch to the front of the Hipstamatic camera by using the curved arrow in the bottom right hand corner of the interface. \r\n\r\n2.	To choose your lens, swipe across your screen horizontally. Tap the lens to read more information on that particular lens (through the Hipstamart). \r\n\r\n3.	To choose your film, tap the small film icon. Flick vertically to scroll through the film options. Again, tap the film to view more information on that particular film.\r\n\r\n4.	Finally to choose your flash, tap the flash icon and swipe horizontally through the available options. As above, tap the flash for more info. \r\n\r\nAs you scroll through the lenses, film, and flash options you’ll notice that the stuff that’s already yours has a little sticker that says “mine”. You can purchase the other bits of “kit” to add to your Hipstamatic camera bag; if you see something you’d like to buy just tap on it and you’ll be taken through to the Hipstamart. \r\n\r\nThat concludes Part 1 of our <strong>Hipstamatic How-To Guides</strong>. Check back in a few days for Part 2, where we’ll show you how to share your photos, order prints, create stacks and boost your creativity even further!! \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n','Hipstamatic How-To Guide - Part 1','','inherit','open','open','','4218-revision-16','','','2011-08-06 14:07:58','2011-08-06 14:07:58','',4218,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4218-revision-16.html',0,'revision','',0),(4602,16,'2011-08-04 15:39:00','2011-08-04 15:39:00','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransferApp.jpg\"><img title=\"PhotoTransferApp\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransferApp.jpg\" width=\"270\" height=\"503\" alt=\"Photo Transfer App\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"PhotoTransferApp\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransfer-Icon.png\" alt=\"Photo Transfer App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPHOTO TRANSFER APP enables you to share photos and videos between your iPhone, iPad, iPod Touch, and your computer via a wifi network. Never mess around with cables and software again, airwaves is the way forward!</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by ERCLab</li>\r\n<li>Downloads multiple photos from an iPhone to a computer</li>\r\n<li>Transfers photos in full resolution</li>\r\n<li>Preserves photo metadata in all transfer directions</li>\r\n<li>Works with other iDevices such as iPad and iPod Touch</li>\r\n<li>Compatible with computers running Windows, Mac and Linux </li>\r\n<li>Costs US$2.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Simple interface</li>\r\n<li>Extremely fast photo transfer ability</li>\r\n<li>Easy to use</li>\r\n<li>Download photos as ZIP file</li>\r\n<li>No cables/additional software needed</li>\r\n<li>Can upload/download multiple photos simultaneously</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Can’t browse through a whole album at a time</li>\r\n<li>Shared photos cannot be separated into albums for better organization\r\n</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPHOTO TRANSFER APP is for anyone using the iPhone as their go-to camera. If you\'re look for a super fast way to share and transfer photos - without all the extra wires. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]PHOTO TRANSFER APP is an indispensable tool for iPhoneographers who want to make their lives a whole lot easier. Sharing, downloading, or and transferring photo is quick and convenient with this handy app! [/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nAmong all its sales points, there are really two things which make the PHOTO TRANSFER APP a must have for the avid iPhoneographer: Downloading full-res images and fast wireless sharing of images across all iDevices and computers. Save yourself the hassle and frustration of photo sharing using endless cables and bits of software. All you need is a wireless connection and you’re set. \r\n\r\nThe app is very user-friendly; it takes no time at all to get familiar with the interface and controls. The transfer time is fast – and by fast, we mean impressively fast.\r\n\r\nHowever, there\'s a couple of things that could be improved to speed up the sharing process even further. It would have been great if you could select all of the photos within the Photo Transfer App itself rather than leaving the Photo Transfer APP to go into the native Photo App, surely an oversight that could be corrected in a future update. \r\n\r\nOverall, PHOTO TRANSFER APP the app doesn\'t look like anything fancy but it does the job very well and that is what really matters. It\'s definitely worth picking up the PHOTO TRANSFER APP especially now that sharing photos is much more than just a trend, its a lifestyle. Of course we would be remiss not to mention that sadly there\'s a good chance that photo transfer apps are likely to become redundant with the release of iOS 5 and the automatic syncing to Photo Stream and other devices, I guess we\'ll have to wait and see?! \r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Photo Transfer App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Photo Transfer App 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2010/4/7/new-iphone-photo-app-photo-transfer-app.html\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This is a great app that works exactly as described.  In my tests I transferred photos from one iPhone to another, from iPhone to MacBook, and most impressively from MacBook back to iPhone, and all at full-res!!”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.whatsoniphone.com/reviews/photo-transfer-app-review\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">WhatsOniPhone</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Would I Buy Again: Yes...sending pictures between iDevices tends to be something I do a lot. Anything that makes it easier is good in my book! I have a feeling that I\'ll be using this app a lot. It make sharing pictures much easier.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://bestapps.me/2010/photo-transfer-app-iphone-app-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">BestApps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“If you want to take your phone to the next level and make it even more easy to use between different devices, get this app to help you move pictures from device to device.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Photo Transfer App - Move Your iPhone Photos Over Wifi','','inherit','open','open','','4357-revision-17','','','2011-08-04 15:39:00','2011-08-04 15:39:00','',4357,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4357-revision-17.html',0,'revision','',0),(4600,16,'2011-08-06 14:07:04','2011-08-06 14:07:04','We\'re back with the second part of our Hipstamatic how-to guide. Yesterday we showed you through the <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/hipstamatic-guide-part-1.html\" title=\"Hipstamatic How-To Guide Part 1\">Hipstamatic interface</a>, and today we\'re taking things to the next level! This Hipstamatic guide will show you how to work with photo stacks, sharing your photos, ordering Hipstaprints and using your favorite combinations. \r\n\r\nLet\'s take a closer look at the Hipstamatic Stacks: \r\n\r\nStacks are a group of photos from your Hipstamatic print gallery, that are grouped together in an album (or a stack). Once grouped you can share your stacks through Facebook, Twitter, Tumblr, Flickr and through Email. \r\n\r\n<strong>To create a stack: </strong>\r\n1. Tap on the print gallery button on the camera back. \r\n2. Now tap on the Stacks button. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip1.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n3. To create a new stack tap the + button. \r\n4. Select the prints you would like to include in the stack by tapping on them. A check mark will appear in the corner of the selected photos. Now tap New Stack in the top right corner. \r\n5. Type in a name for your stack. Tap DONE, and it will be created. Return to the Stacks screen. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip4.png\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n6. Once you\'ve created more than one stack, you can view your stacks by swiping to the left and right in the Stacks screen. \r\n7. To share your stack open it up and tap the Share button in the bottom left corner of the screen and choose the platform through which you would like to share. If this is the first time you are sharing through Hipstamatic, you will need to set up your sharing accounts and you will be prompted to do so. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip2.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nWith your stack open, you may notice a small icon that looks like a present at the bottom of the screen. Tap on this icon to be taken to the Hipstamart Print Lab where you can order real 4\", 7\", 10\", and 30\" prints of your Hipstamatic photos. If you think you may want to order large prints from your Hipstamatic photos, be sure to save all of your images at the highest resolution possible. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip3.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nYou can also add your stack to your Family Album. The Family Album is another sharing platform for your Hipstaprints whereby you can invite friends and family to create a collective album, or you can choose photos from the Hipstamatic Family Album collective to create your own albums. To share your stack to the Family Album you will need to first set up your Family Album account. To do so tap on the Family Album icon in the bottom of the print gallery, enter your details and create your account. \r\n\r\nIf you want to create your own Family album tap the + button in the top right of the Family Album home screen. There are three types of Family Albums you can create they are: Magic Album, Shared Album, or Photo Album. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip5.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nThe Magic Album is a way to view Hipstamatic prints that are being uploaded to the shared Family Album by location and date. With the Magic Album you can enter a date and location and add photos that you love to that album. \r\n\r\nA Shared Album is an album that you set up, sending invitations to friends and family who are also using Hipstamatic. Your invitees can contribute their favorite photos to the album - this is a great one for family functions such as birthday parties or special vacations. \r\n\r\nLastly, a Photo Album is one that you create of your favorite photos, with no other contributors. Try out the Hipstamatic Family Album for yourself and get access to a whole world of Hipstamatic prints! \r\n\r\nThere\'s a lot of fun to be had when experimenting with Hipstamatic\'s seemingly infinite lens / flash / film combinations but as you shoot you may come across a few combinations that really blow your hair back, float your boat, rock your world, etc. So it\'s important to know how to set your camera to shoot using your favorite combinations: \r\n\r\n1. From the camera back, tap on the View Prints button to go into the print gallery. \r\n2. Tap on the print that features the settings that you love.\r\n3. Now tap on Match Settings...\r\n4. You will be asked if you want to change the camera settings to match the print. Tap Change and your camera will be set to use the same combination found in this print. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip6.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nAdmittedly, it would be nice to have a \"Favorite Combinations Folder\" or somewhere to organize presets - but in keeping with all of the other quirky features Hipstamatic has to offer, this set-up seems just about right. \r\n\r\nSo there you have it, the complete Hipstamatic How-To Guide! Please feel free to share your Hipstamatic Tips & Tricks as well as your favorite Hipstamatic prints in the comments below! \r\n\r\n','Hipstamatic How-To Guide - Part 2','','inherit','open','open','','4566-revision-9','','','2011-08-06 14:07:04','2011-08-06 14:07:04','',4566,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4566-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(4598,16,'2011-08-06 13:23:19','2011-08-06 13:23:19','If you\'re a fan of the old school, surprisingly fun and quirky photos you can get with cheap plastic cameras then you might already know about Hipstamatic. Maybe you\'ve already downloaded the Hipstamatic app but you\'re looking for a quick Hipstamatic guide to learn the basics? Well, this post is for you! \r\n\r\nReleased in 2010, it has remained at the top of photography app charts ever since. With several built-in lenses, types of flash, and different films, there are literally hundreds of combinations that can be achieved. But what is really exciting about Hipstamatic is that each photo is unique, a little bit off-beat, and definitely quirky. Using the Hipstamatic app feels a little bit like photo roulette, you never know exactly what you\'re going to get, and the hope of something stunningly fantastic keeps iPhoneographers coming back to this app time and time again. What\'s even better is that you can shake your phone to randomize the lens / film / flash combo or you can select the combination yourself based on the photo you want to take. \r\n\r\n<h4>Let\'s take a quick look at the interface so you can get to know your way around the app: </h4>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"269\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Interface\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic1.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<h4>Let\'s start with the shake-it-up method:</h4>\r\n\r\n1. Open up the Hipstamatic app, and give your phone a good shake to generate your combination of lens, film, and flash. \r\n\r\n2. If you\'re using an iPhone 4, or you would like to use the Hipstamatic flash (it\'s not a real flash per se, but rather a simulated flash), slide the flash switch to the left. You\'ll see the Flash Ready light up in green when ready. \r\n\r\n3. Compose your photo in the viewfinder. Another quirk that comes along with the Hipstamatic app is the viewfinder is a little bit smaller than what you actually get in the resulting photo - all works towards the photo roulette factor! \r\n\r\n4. Tap the shutter button when you want to take your photo, and wait for it to develop. A green light will appear next to the View Prints button in the bottom left corner of the interface. \r\n\r\n5. To check out your prints, tap the View Prints button and you\'ll be taken straight into the photo gallery that looks a little something like this: \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"305\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Photo Album\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic3.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<h4>To see check out the photo in more detail and to see the lens, flash, and film used for that shot just tap on the image and it will open up in a new window:</h4> \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"305\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Photo Details\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic4.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nOne of the best ways to take your creativity to the next level within Hipstamatic is to select your own combination of lens, film, and flash. Once you get to know what you like, its great fun to start experimenting with app to get different results based on your shooting situation. \r\n\r\nNow, keeping in mind that the lenses, film, and flash we’re talking about here are wholly imaginary, they are filters and actions applied in the app processing to affect your photos. Here’s a little bit more info on the actions: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Lenses essentially add a filter effect to your photo</li>\r\n<li>Some films add a border or frame to your photo while others add a filter effect</li>\r\n<li>Flash typically applies a burst of light or an overall color tone to your image</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\nYou can read more about the effects achieved from the lenses, film, and flashes in the Hipstamart, which is the in-app shop where you can expand your Hipstamatic “camera bag”. \r\n\r\nLet’s get familiar with the front of the Hipstamatic camera: \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"269\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Front of Camera\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hipstamaticcamerafront.pngg\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<h4>To select your lens, flash and film simply:</h4> \r\n\r\n1.	Switch to the front of the Hipstamatic camera by using the curved arrow in the bottom right hand corner of the interface. \r\n\r\n2.	To choose your lens, swipe across your screen horizontally. Tap the lens to read more information on that particular lens (through the Hipstamart). \r\n\r\n3.	To choose your film, tap the small film icon. Flick vertically to scroll through the film options. Again, tap the film to view more information on that particular film.\r\n\r\n4.	Finally to choose your flash, tap the flash icon and swipe horizontally through the available options. As above, tap the flash for more info. \r\n\r\nAs you scroll through the lenses, film, and flash options you’ll notice that the stuff that’s already yours has a little sticker that says “mine”. You can purchase the other bits of “kit” to add to your Hipstamatic camera bag; if you see something you’d like to buy just tap on it and you’ll be taken through to the Hipstamart. \r\n\r\nThat concludes Part 1 of our <strong>Hipstamatic How-To Guides</strong>. Check back in a few days for Part 2, where we’ll show you how to share your photos, order prints, create stacks and boost your creativity even further!! \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n','Hipstamatic How-To Guide - Part 1','','inherit','open','open','','4218-revision-15','','','2011-08-06 13:23:19','2011-08-06 13:23:19','',4218,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4218-revision-15.html',0,'revision','',0),(4599,16,'2011-08-06 14:05:56','2011-08-06 14:05:56','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera.png\"><img title=\"TopCamera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Top Camera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera-Logo.png\" alt=\"Top Camera App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nTOP CAMERA app for iPhone is a complete, one-stop shop for all your iPhoneography needs. It brings a lot to the table and is capable of shooting, editing, and sharing photos in-app, doing them all so well that you might be left to wonder why you need all those other apps... </td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Lucky Clan</li>\r\n<li>Full-featured camera app</li>\r\n<li>Packed with lots of editing options including 36 photo filters</li>\r\n<li>Organize and store photos effectively through Folder Manager</li>\r\n<li>Share images through Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr</li>\r\n<li>Export photos to photo library, email, and clipboard</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$0.99 (introductory price)</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Slick and professional-looking interface</li>\r\n<li>Intuitive</li>\r\n<li>Camera app is highly versatile</li>\r\n<li>Top of the line editing features</li>\r\n<li>Organizing photos is not a problem at all</li>\r\n<li>Several sharing options</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>No means yet to compare edited photo to the original version</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nTOP CAMERA is for anyone looking for a solid app that can cover shooting, editing, and sharing both swiftly and easily. TOP CAMERA app is great for beginners as it\'s easy to use and not at all intimidating; pros will certainly love the impressive feature set.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]TOP CAMERA is chock full of features iPhoneographers are looking for in a camera replacement app, you might just be tempted to give up all your other camera replacement apps for this one. Yes, it\'s that good. [/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nIn many aspects, TOP CAMERA is definitely ahead of the pack. What makes it so much better than its competitors? It has tons of practical features, and just generally makes iPhoneography much easier. It\'s as if the developers just picked every useful feature of the (many) camera replacement apps out there, threw in some additional functions and effects and rolled out the TOP CAMERA app. \r\n\r\nThe built-in camera delivers in almost every aspect and completely squashes the iPhone native camera app. The best shooting features include: Image stabilizer, timer, zoom, burst mode, auto white balance, exposure and focus box, virtual horizon, whole-screen button options, and much much more. There’s also a bonus HDR function which is similar to dedicated HDR photo apps such as ProHDR. We are particularly impressed with the slow shutter mode of this app, it\'s great for night photography and flowing water, and we are simply astounded with the outputs. \r\n\r\nWhen it comes to editing, TOP CAMERA does not disappoint. There is just a plethora of editing options. You can crop in free mode, rotate, and flip photos. You can also enhance pretty much every aspect of your photos including saturation, contrast, shadows, and tones. And if that\'s not enough, there are many imaginative filter effects and borders available to boost the photo. \r\n\r\nTOP CAMERA also offers the most convenient way to organize and store your photos through its Folder Manager feature – something most other camera replacement apps out there do not feature. Sharing is also a breeze through Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr or you can choose to export it to photo library and clipboard. The recent upgrade incorporated Dropbox support as well.\r\n\r\nFrom shooting, editing, and sharing photos, TOP CAMERA is truly at the TOP of the game (pun intended). This is like buying (at least) 4 apps-in-one! Highly recommended! \r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Top Camera App 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphonelife.com/blog/14967/app-review-fully-loaded-top-camera-tops-competing-camera-apps-easily?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+PhoneLife_Blogs+%28iPhone+Life+Blogs%29\">iPhoneLife</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Lucky Clan’s impressive new camera and photo editing app, Top Camera, has many iPhone users ditching other apps as unnecessary clutter.  The secret to Top Camera’s appeal is its ability to all of the  most-wanted cam and editing features in one well-organized and easy to use interface.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2011/07/quickadvice-top-camera-could-replace-many-of-your-photo-apps-and-you-could-win-a-copy\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“With so many features, many apps feel cluttered or confusing. I think they (Lucky Clan) did a great job making this UI clean and easy to use.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://topiphoneresource.info/top-camera-iphone-app-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">TopiPhoneResource</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“\r\nWhat makes Top Camera really pop is its ability to combine this laundry list of most-wanted features into one easy to use application.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Top Camera App For iPhone – A True Powerhouse','','inherit','open','open','','4568-revision-11','','','2011-08-06 14:05:56','2011-08-06 14:05:56','',4568,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4568-revision-11.html',0,'revision','',0),(4970,16,'2011-08-06 12:00:58','2011-08-06 12:00:58','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PerfectPhoto.png\"><img title=\"PerfectPhoto\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PerfectPhoto.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Perfect Photo\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"ProHDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PerfectPhoto-Logo.png\" alt=\"PerfectPhoto App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPERFECT PHOTO app, brought to you by the same developer who crafted the fantastic FX Photo Studio, is a user-friendly app that offers a convenient way to touch up images taken with an iPhone. With a selection of basic editing tools and some fun filters this reasonably priced app is great for beginners!</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by MacPhun LLC</li>\r\n<li>Comes with Retina display support</li>\r\n<li>22 different editing tools and photo effects</li>\r\n<li>Red Eye Reduction and Spot Healing features</li>\r\n<li>Share photos to Flickr, Facebook, and Twitter</li>\r\n<li>Sharing files via Documents folder</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$0.99\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>New and improved user interface design</li>\r\n<li>Great results with very little fuss</li>\r\n<li>Fun filters</li>\r\n<li>Essential editing options get the job done</li>\r\n<li>Reliable image processing</li>\r\n<li>Many sharing and saving options</li>\r\n<li>Cheap</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Previewing changes is quite slow</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPERFECT PHOTO is for anyone who wants to simply edit iPhone photos on the move, but it is especially great for beginners who will love how easy-to-use this app is. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]If you’re looking for an iPhone app dedicated to quick fixes, PERFECT PHOTO is a strong candidate. When comparing price to features, it’s definitely got bang-for-your-buck.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nPERFECT PHOTO developers Macphun claim that the PERFECT PHOTO app is the “easiest way to improve your photos on iPhone” and… we are inclined to agree.\r\n\r\nPERFECT PHOTO took inspiration from several professional photo editing suites and brought it the iPhone in a simple, easy-to-use app. It offers editing options like crop, rotate, color balance, sharpen, and flip. You can also change the photo’s gamma and contrast. While tools are admittedly quite basic, they are handy and useful...a great example of \"it does what it says on the tin\". PERFECT PHOTO app also features red-eye removal and spot healing, added in the latest upgrade (PERFECT PHOTO 2.0). The red-eye removal works well, and the to fix spot healing is great for taking care of skin blemishes, and other small imperfections. What\'s even better is that the spot healing tool is really easy, no messing around with complicated tools - simply point the round cursor at the desired spot, adjust the size of the cursor by moving the slider located at the bottom, and tap Apply. Works like a charm! With the improved user interface that came from the upgrade, editing with PERFECT PHOTO is a breeze, and the interface is uncluttered and smooth.\r\n\r\nYou can also spice up your photos by adding filters, at this time there\'s a very small number of filters (just 6), but ultimately they are 6 good ones. Nothing fluffy or pointless just useful filters to enhance your photos. PERFECT PHOTO have also made sharing photos really easy through Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr, and Mail or you can save it to your Photo Album, Documents, or Clipboard.\r\n\r\nThe only minor shortcoming of this app is perhaps on the time it takes to preview your edits. It takes a few seconds (or more) to preview especially if you are viewing the preview in high quality. \r\n\r\nBut overall, if you are looking for a capable, convenient, affordable, and <em>simple</em> photo editing app on the iPhone, PERFECT PHOTO is a great way to go. At less than a buck, it will hardly break the bank. \r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Perfect Photo App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Perfect Photo App 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.tipb.com/2010/12/01/perfect-photo-iphone-brings-red-eye-removal-spot-healing/\">TipB</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“You can say goodbye devilish red eyes and blemishes with Perfect Photo 2.0 for iPhone…Perfect photo has recently become my favorite photo editing application.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/perfect-photo-review/#ixzz1UAayqPnu\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148Apps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Its success stems from something quite obvious – it offers exactly what you want without throwing in countless filters that, while fun, are ultimately frivolous. For those people who want to simply take photos and edit them on the move through the same app, this is ideal.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2010/11/sneak-preview-fantastic-update-coming-perfect-photo-grab-price-increase\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Perfect Photo is already a good multi-tool photo editing app. But the update coming next week will make it a must-own app, whether you’re a novice or an experienced iPhoneographer.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Perfect Photo App – Well-Rounded Simple Editing!','','inherit','open','open','','4538-revision-9','','','2011-08-06 12:00:58','2011-08-06 12:00:58','',4538,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4538-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(4596,16,'2011-08-06 14:05:20','2011-08-06 14:05:20','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera.png\"><img title=\"TopCamera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Top Camera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera-Logo.png\" alt=\"Top Camera App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nTOP CAMERA app for iPhone is a complete, one-stop shop for all your iPhoneography needs. It brings a lot to the table and is capable of shooting, editing, and sharing photos in-app, doing them all so well that you might be left to wonder why you need all those other apps... </td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Lucky Clan</li>\r\n<li>Full-featured camera app</li>\r\n<li>Packed with lots of editing options including 36 photo filters</li>\r\n<li>Organize and store photos effectively through Folder Manager</li>\r\n<li>Share images through Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr</li>\r\n<li>Export photos to photo library, email, and clipboard</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$0.99 (introductory price)</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Slick and professional-looking interface</li>\r\n<li>Intuitive</li>\r\n<li>Camera app is highly versatile</li>\r\n<li>Top of the line editing features</li>\r\n<li>Organizing photos is not a problem at all</li>\r\n<li>Several sharing options</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>No means yet to compare edited photo to the original version</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nTOP CAMERA is for anyone looking for a solid app that can cover shooting, editing, and sharing both swiftly and easily. TOP CAMERA app is great for beginners as it\'s easy to use and not at all intimidating; pros will certainly love the impressive feature set.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]TOP CAMERA is chock full of features iPhoneographers are looking for in a camera replacement app, you might just be tempted to give up all your other camera replacement apps for this one. Yes, it\'s that good. [/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nIn many aspects, TOP CAMERA is definitely ahead of the pack. What makes it so much better than its competitors? It has tons of practical features, and just generally makes iPhoneography much easier. It\'s as if the developers just picked every useful feature of the (many) camera replacement apps out there, threw in some additional functions and effects and rolled out the TOP CAMERA app. \r\n\r\nThe built-in camera delivers in almost every aspect and completely squashes the iPhone native camera app. The best shooting features include: Image stabilizer, timer, zoom, burst mode, auto white balance, exposure and focus box, virtual horizon, whole-screen button options, and much much more. There’s also a bonus HDR function which is similar to dedicated HDR photo apps such as ProHDR. We are particularly impressed with the slow shutter mode of this app, it\'s great for night photography and flowing water, and we are simply astounded with the outputs. \r\n\r\nWhen it comes to editing, TOP CAMERA does not disappoint. There is just a plethora of editing options. You can crop in free mode, rotate, and flip photos. You can also enhance pretty much every aspect of your photos including saturation, contrast, shadows, and tones. And if that\'s not enough, there are many imaginative filter effects and borders available to boost the photo. \r\n\r\nTOP CAMERA also offers the most convenient way to organize and store your photos through its Folder Manager feature – something most other camera replacement apps out there do not feature. Sharing is also a breeze through Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr or you can choose to export it to photo library and clipboard. The recent upgrade incorporated Dropbox support as well.\r\n\r\nFrom shooting, editing, and sharing photos, TOP CAMERA is truly at the TOP of the game (pun intended). This is like buying (at least) 4 apps-in-one! Highly recommended! \r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Top Camera App 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphonelife.com/blog/14967/app-review-fully-loaded-top-camera-tops-competing-camera-apps-easily?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+PhoneLife_Blogs+%28iPhone+Life+Blogs%29\">iPhoneLife</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Lucky Clan’s impressive new camera and photo editing app, Top Camera, has many iPhone users ditching other apps as unnecessary clutter.  The secret to Top Camera’s appeal is its ability to all of the  most-wanted cam and editing features in one well-organized and easy to use interface.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2011/07/quickadvice-top-camera-could-replace-many-of-your-photo-apps-and-you-could-win-a-copy\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“With so many features, many apps feel cluttered or confusing. I think they (Lucky Clan) did a great job making this UI clean and easy to use.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://topiphoneresource.info/top-camera-iphone-app-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">TopiPhoneResource</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“\r\nWhat makes Top Camera really pop is its ability to combine this laundry list of most-wanted features into one easy to use application.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Top Camera App For iPhone – A True Powerhouse','','inherit','open','open','','4568-revision-10','','','2011-08-06 14:05:20','2011-08-06 14:05:20','',4568,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4568-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(4597,16,'2011-08-06 13:21:50','2011-08-06 13:21:50','We\'re back with the second part of our Hipstamatic how-to guide. Yesterday we showed you through the <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/hipstamatic-guide-part-1.html\" title=\"Hipstamatic How-To Guide Part 1\">Hipstamatic interface</a>, and today we\'re taking things to the next level! This Hipstamatic guide will show you how to work with photo stacks, sharing your photos, ordering Hipstaprints and using your favorite combinations. \r\n\r\nLet\'s take a closer look at the Hipstamatic Stacks: \r\n\r\nStacks are a group of photos from your Hipstamatic print gallery, that are grouped together in an album (or a stack). Once grouped you can share your stacks through Facebook, Twitter, Tumblr, Flickr and through Email. \r\n\r\n<strong>To create a stack: </strong>\r\n1. Tap on the print gallery button on the camera back. \r\n2. Now tap on the Stacks button. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip1.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n3. To create a new stack tap the + button. \r\n4. Select the prints you would like to include in the stack by tapping on them. A check mark will appear in the corner of the selected photos. Now tap New Stack in the top right corner. \r\n5. Type in a name for your stack. Tap DONE, and it will be created. Return to the Stacks screen. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip4.png\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n6. Once you\'ve created more than one stack, you can view your stacks by swiping to the left and right in the Stacks screen. \r\n7. To share your stack open it up and tap the Share button in the bottom left corner of the screen and choose the platform through which you would like to share. If this is the first time you are sharing through Hipstamatic, you will need to set up your sharing accounts and you will be prompted to do so. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip2.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nWith your stack open, you may notice a small icon that looks like a present at the bottom of the screen. Tap on this icon to be taken to the Hipstamart Print Lab where you can order real 4\", 7\", 10\", and 30\" prints of your Hipstamatic photos. If you think you may want to order large prints from your Hipstamatic photos, be sure to save all of your images at the highest resolution possible. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip3.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nYou can also add your stack to your Family Album. The Family Album is another sharing platform for your Hipstaprints whereby you can invite friends and family to create a collective album, or you can choose photos from the Hipstamatic Family Album collective to create your own albums. To share your stack to the Family Album you will need to first set up your Family Album account. To do so tap on the Family Album icon in the bottom of the print gallery, enter your details and create your account. \r\n\r\nIf you want to create your own Family album tap the + button in the top right of the Family Album home screen. There are three types of Family Albums you can create they are: Magic Album, Shared Album, or Photo Album. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip5.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nThe Magic Album is a way to view Hipstamatic prints that are being uploaded to the shared Family Album by location and date. With the Magic Album you can enter a date and location and add photos that you love to that album. \r\n\r\nA Shared Album is an album that you set up, sending invitations to friends and family who are also using Hipstamatic. Your invitees can contribute their favorite photos to the album - this is a great one for family functions such as birthday parties or special vacations. \r\n\r\nLastly, a Photo Album is one that you create of your favorite photos, with no other contributors. Try out the Hipstamatic Family Album for yourself and get access to a whole world of Hipstamatic prints! \r\n\r\nThere\'s a lot of fun to be had when experimenting with Hipstamatic\'s seemingly infinite lens / flash / film combinations but as you shoot you may come across a few combinations that really blow your hair back, float your boat, rock your world, etc. So it\'s important to know how to set your camera to shoot using your favorite combinations: \r\n\r\n1. From the camera back, tap on the View Prints button to go into the print gallery. \r\n2. Tap on the print that features the settings that you love.\r\n3. Now tap on Match Settings...\r\n4. You will be asked if you want to change the camera settings to match the print. Tap Change and your camera will be set to use the same combination found in this print. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip6.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nAdmittedly, it would be nice to have a \"Favorite Combinations Folder\" or somewhere to organize presets - but in keeping with all of the other quirky features Hipstamatic has to offer, this set-up seems just about right. \r\n\r\nSo there you have it, the complete Hipstamatic How-To Guide! Please feel free to share your Hipstamatic Tips & Tricks as well as your favorite Hipstamatic prints in the comments below! \r\n\r\n','Hipstamatic How-To Guide - Part 2','','inherit','open','open','','4566-revision-8','','','2011-08-06 13:21:50','2011-08-06 13:21:50','',4566,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4566-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(3302,14,'2011-06-13 12:23:21','2011-06-13 12:23:21','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><p><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/KodakGallery.png\"><img title=\"Kodak Gallery\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/KodakGallery.png\" alt=\"kodak-gallery-software\" width=\"300\" height=\"271\" /></a></p></td>\r\n\r\n\r\n<td><p>\r\nKodak have been in the photo industry for over a century now and there’s a good reason for that. Time and time again, they deliver top quality photographic services that casual photographers and everyday photo enthusiasts really need. The Kodak Gallery is no exception. It is a fantastic all-around online photo service which helps everyday users organize, store, and print photos the easy way.\r\n</p>\r\n\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\n\r\n<p>Let\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.</p>\r\n\r\n[tabswrap] \r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"]  Overview  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"]  Cheers  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"]  Jeers  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"]  Who is it for?  [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"]  The Verdict  [/tabhead_last]  [tab id=\"1\"]  [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Free</li>\r\n<li>Available in web-based and downloadable versions</li>\r\n<li>Basic editing tools and design templates</li>\r\n<li>Easily share photos with Kodak Gallery</li>\r\n<li>Great photo gift options such as cards, calendars, and mugs</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Easy to use</li>\r\n<li>Allows for offline managing and editing</li>\r\n<li>Free photo organizing application integrated into online account</li>\r\n<li>User-friendly interface</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"]  [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>At least one purchase required each year to get the unlimited storage</li>\r\n<li>Mediocre print quality</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]  \r\n<strong>√  Proud beginner</strong>\r\n Amateur hobbyist\r\n Advanced users\r\n Professional editors\r\n\r\nKodak Gallery is best suited for those who want an easy-to-use photo organizer with basic editing tools that allows easy sharing. [/tab]\r\n\r\n[tab id=\"5\"]Kodak Gallery: easy photo organization and sharing – check; Photo printing – passable, but you may consider looking somewhere else.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n<p><strong>User interface: “Intimidating” not in its vocabulary</strong></p>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<p>Kodak Gallery is really easy to explore, which makes it great for beginners. It has an online and downloadable version, which both have a very easy to use and neat interface.</p>\r\n\r\n<p><a href=\"http://digital-photo-printing-review.toptenreviews.com/kodak-easyshare-gallery-review.html\">TopTenReviews</a> loves Kodak Gallery’s interface:  “Online digital photo developer Kodak Gallery has one of the most organized and easy-to-use sites we\'ve seen; uploading pictures and ordering prints is almost a pleasure. Any computer user should be able to walk through this process without problems.” </p>\r\n\r\n\r\n<p><br class=\"spacer_\" /></p>\r\n\r\n<p><strong>Ease of use: Retrieve your photos without stress! </strong></p>\r\n\r\n<hr size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<p>Photos uploaded to the Kodak Gallery can be labeled with captions, tags, and ratings. With these labels, you can quickly find and retrieve your photos when you need them in an instant using the software’s search field.</p>\r\n\r\n<p>With the downloadable version, all the major tools are found on the left side--photo storage, print option, email link, order print online button, creative projects tool, and easy share center link, making it easy to switch between tasks. </p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<p><br class=\"spacer_\" /></p>\r\n\r\n<p><strong>Editing and Printing performance: Basic editing plus fun effects, mediocre prints</strong></p>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<p>Aside from the basic editing tools such as cropping, rotating, red-eye removal, add text, and scene/color balance, Kodak Gallery also has scene effects, facial retouch, and some fun effects like cartoon, fisheye, and spotlight you might find enjoyable to use.</p>\r\n\r\n<p>The editing window is spacious and neat, with the tools gracefully lined up at the top while instructions and other editing controls appear on the left side as a tool is selected.</p>\r\n\r\n<p><a href=\"http://www.expertreviews.co.uk/software/1280389/kodak-gallery\">ExpertReviews</a> shares their experience using Kodak Gallery: “Both the Gallery Upload Software and the web-based upload utility allowed us to preview even large TIFF files, as well as JPEG images. Once you\'ve completed your upload using the Windows utility, the program will open a browser window to your online gallery, where you can create slideshows, share photos and buy prints.”</p>\r\n\r\n<p>With Kodak Gallery, you can do more than just cropping or enhancing your photo\'s colors. You can be more creative in storing your photos with its wide selection of free design templates such as greeting cards, album page, slimeline cards, photo books, photo calendars, and scrapbooks. However, this feature begins as a 15-day trial which requires full purchase after expiration.</p>\r\n\r\n<p>Kodak Gallery also allows users to order prints for their photos. Generally, the quality is decent enough for photos intended for personal use. However, it is not impressive enough to be recommended for advanced users who wish to sell their printed photos as art. As <a href=\"http://www.expertreviews.co.uk/software/1280389/kodak-gallery\">ExpertReviews</a> said, “You probably won\'t want to choose Kodak Gallery for your art prints, but the photos we received are perfectly good snapshots for album or home display.“</p>\r\n\r\n\r\n<p><br class=\"spacer_\" /></p>\r\n\r\n<p><strong>Sharing: One-click sharing and uploading</strong></p>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<p>Like most photo managing applications, the downloadable version of KODAK GALLERY also has quick links to Youtube, Facebook, and Flickr. You can also send an email directly from the software which provides and option to optimize your photo attachments.</p>\r\n\r\n<p>A plus point to Kodak Gallery’s online account is the events album. This allows you to invite your friends/family to upload photos to your album and every time a photo is added, you will be notified via email. It’s like showing photo albums to each other, only this time, you do it online.</p>\r\n\r\n\r\n<p><br class=\"spacer_\" /></p>\r\n\r\n<p><strong>Special tools of the trade: Unlimited storage, customer support, great online community</strong></p>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<p>Probably the best feature of KODAK GALLERY is its free downloadable photo organizing software which is linked to your online account. This means, you can manage/edit your digital photos without connecting to the Internet. </p>\r\n\r\n<p>This software is available for Windows and MAC.</p>\r\n\r\n\r\n<p><br class=\"spacer_\" /></p>\r\n\r\n<p><strong>The Verdict (Extended version)</strong></p>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<p>These days, most people don’t just store photos for their own or their family’s viewing. We share them online, and sometimes with the rest of the world. Kodak Gallery’s photo organizing application is a great alternative to storing photos on a hard drive, and by simply connecting to the Internet, you can upload and share all these photos to Facebook or Flickr with just a few clicks! </p>\r\n\r\n<p>Print quality is decent and passable enough for everyday use. But if you are looking for a service which can give you perfect quality prints, you may be better off printing elsewhere.\r\n</p>\r\n\r\n\r\n<p><br class=\"spacer_\" /></p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<p><strong>Review Digest</strong></p>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<p><br class=\"spacer_\" /></p>\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\" href=\"http://digital-photo-printing-review.toptenreviews.com/kodak-easyshare-gallery-review.html\">TopTenReviews.com</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Kodak Gallery is worth a look if you\'re searching for digital photo printing services that will provide quality service and prints.\"</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\" href=\"http://www.expertreviews.co.uk/software/1280389/kodak-gallery\">ExpertReviews.com</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Kodak Gallery provides decent glossy snapshots but neither the quality of our prints nor the range of options really excited us.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\" href=\"http://www.onlinephotoprintingreviews.com/kodak-gallery-review.html\">OnlinePhotoPrintingReviews.com</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Kodak Gallery’s quality photo prints are protected by the reputation of its mother company, the Eastman Kodak Company, and its customer satisfaction guarantee. If you are not happy with your prints, you can always contact their office and demand your money back.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Kodak Gallery: Store And Share Photos With Ease And Style','','publish','open','open','','kodak-gallery-store-and-share-photos-with-ease-and-style','','','2011-09-26 07:53:51','2011-09-26 07:53:51','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=3302',0,'post','',0),(4593,16,'2011-08-06 13:22:25','2011-08-06 13:22:25','If you\'re a fan of the old school, surprisingly fun and quirky photos you can get with cheap plastic cameras then you might already know about Hipstamatic. Maybe you\'ve already downloaded the Hipstamatic app but you\'re looking for a quick Hipstamatic guide to learn the basics? Well, this post is for you! \r\n\r\nReleased in 2010, it has remained at the top of photography app charts ever since. With several built-in lenses, types of flash, and different films, there are literally hundreds of combinations that can be achieved. But what is really exciting about Hipstamatic is that each photo is unique, a little bit off-beat, and definitely quirky. Using the Hipstamatic app feels a little bit like photo roulette, you never know exactly what you\'re going to get, and the hope of something stunningly fantastic keeps iPhoneographers coming back to this app time and time again. What\'s even better is that you can shake your phone to randomize the lens / film / flash combo or you can select the combination yourself based on the photo you want to take. \r\n\r\n<h4>Let\'s take a quick look at the interface so you can get to know your way around the app: </h4>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"269\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Interface\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic1.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<h4>Let\'s start with the shake-it-up method:</h4>\r\n\r\n1. Open up the Hipstamatic app, and give your phone a good shake to generate your combination of lens, film, and flash. \r\n\r\n2. If you\'re using an iPhone 4, or you would like to use the Hipstamatic flash (it\'s not a real flash per se, but rather a simulated flash), slide the flash switch to the left. You\'ll see the Flash Ready light up in green when ready. \r\n\r\n3. Compose your photo in the viewfinder. Another quirk that comes along with the Hipstamatic app is the viewfinder is a little bit smaller than what you actually get in the resulting photo - all works towards the photo roulette factor! \r\n\r\n4. Tap the shutter button when you want to take your photo, and wait for it to develop. A green light will appear next to the View Prints button in the bottom left corner of the interface. \r\n\r\n5. To check out your prints, tap the View Prints button and you\'ll be taken straight into the photo gallery that looks a little something like this: \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"305\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Photo Album\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic3.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<h4>To see check out the photo in more detail and to see the lens, flash, and film used for that shot just tap on the image and it will open up in a new window:</h4> \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"305\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Photo Details\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic4.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nOne of the best ways to take your creativity to the next level within Hipstamatic is to select your own combination of lens, film, and flash. Once you get to know what you like, its great fun to start experimenting with app to get different results based on your shooting situation. \r\n\r\nNow, keeping in mind that the lenses, film, and flash we’re talking about here are wholly imaginary, they are filters and actions applied in the app processing to affect your photos. Here’s a little bit more info on the actions: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Lenses essentially add a filter effect to your photo</li>\r\n<li>Some films add a border or frame to your photo while others add a filter effect</li>\r\n<li>Flash typically applies a burst of light or an overall color tone to your image</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\nYou can read more about the effects achieved from the lenses, film, and flashes in the Hipstamart, which is the in-app shop where you can expand your Hipstamatic “camera bag”. \r\n\r\nLet’s get familiar with the front of the Hipstamatic camera: \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"269\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Front of Camera\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Hipstamatic2.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<h4>To select your lens, flash and film simply:</h4> \r\n\r\n1.	Switch to the front of the Hipstamatic camera by using the curved arrow in the bottom right hand corner of the interface. \r\n\r\n2.	To choose your lens, swipe across your screen horizontally. Tap the lens to read more information on that particular lens (through the Hipstamart). \r\n\r\n3.	To choose your film, tap the small film icon. Flick vertically to scroll through the film options. Again, tap the film to view more information on that particular film.\r\n\r\n4.	Finally to choose your flash, tap the flash icon and swipe horizontally through the available options. As above, tap the flash for more info. \r\n\r\nAs you scroll through the lenses, film, and flash options you’ll notice that the stuff that’s already yours has a little sticker that says “mine”. You can purchase the other bits of “kit” to add to your Hipstamatic camera bag; if you see something you’d like to buy just tap on it and you’ll be taken through to the Hipstamart. \r\n\r\nThat concludes Part 1 of our <strong>Hipstamatic How-To Guides</strong>. Check back in a few days for Part 2, where we’ll show you how to share your photos, order prints, create stacks and boost your creativity even further!! \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n','Hipstamatic How-To Guide - Part 1','','inherit','open','open','','4218-autosave','','','2011-08-06 13:22:25','2011-08-06 13:22:25','',4218,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4218-autosave.html',0,'revision','',0),(4594,16,'2011-08-06 12:02:44','2011-08-06 12:02:44','If you\'re a fan of the old school, surprisingly fun and quirky photos you can get with cheap plastic cameras then you might already know about Hipstamatic. Maybe you\'ve already downloaded the Hipstamatic app but you\'re looking for a quick Hipstamatic guide to learn the basics? Well, this post is for you! \r\n\r\nReleased in 2010, it has remained at the top of photography app charts ever since. With several built-in lenses, types of flash, and different films, there are literally hundreds of combinations that can be achieved. But what is really exciting about Hipstamatic is that each photo is unique, a little bit off-beat, and definitely quirky. Using the Hipstamatic app feels a little bit like photo roulette, you never know exactly what you\'re going to get, and the hope of something stunningly fantastic keeps iPhoneographers coming back to this app time and time again. What\'s even better is that you can shake your phone to randomize the lens / film / flash combo or you can select the combination yourself based on the photo you want to take. \r\n\r\n<h4>Let\'s take a quick look at the interface so you can get to know your way around the app: </h4>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"269\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Interface\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic1.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<h4>Let\'s start with the shake-it-up method:</h4>\r\n\r\n1. Open up the Hipstamatic app, and give your phone a good shake to generate your combination of lens, film, and flash. \r\n\r\n2. If you\'re using an iPhone 4, or you would like to use the Hipstamatic flash (it\'s not a real flash per se, but rather a simulated flash), slide the flash switch to the left. You\'ll see the Flash Ready light up in green when ready. \r\n\r\n3. Compose your photo in the viewfinder. Another quirk that comes along with the Hipstamatic app is the viewfinder is a little bit smaller than what you actually get in the resulting photo - all works towards the photo roulette factor! \r\n\r\n4. Tap the shutter button when you want to take your photo, and wait for it to develop. A green light will appear next to the View Prints button in the bottom left corner of the interface. \r\n\r\n5. To check out your prints, tap the View Prints button and you\'ll be taken straight into the photo gallery that looks a little something like this: \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"305\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Photo Album\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic3.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<h4>To see check out the photo in more detail and to see the lens, flash, and film used for that shot just tap on the image and it will open up in a new window:</h4> \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"305\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Photo Details\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic4.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nOne of the best ways to take your creativity to the next level within Hipstamatic is to select your own combination of lens, film, and flash. Once you get to know what you like, its great fun to start experimenting with app to get different results based on your shooting situation. \r\n\r\nNow, keeping in mind that the lenses, film, and flash we’re talking about here are wholly imaginary, they are filters and actions applied in the app processing to affect your photos. Here’s a little bit more info on the actions: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Lenses essentially add a filter effect to your photo</li>\r\n<li>Some films add a border or frame to your photo while others add a filter effect</li>\r\n<li>Flash typically applies a burst of light or an overall color tone to your image</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\nYou can read more about the effects achieved from the lenses, film, and flashes in the Hipstamart, which is the in-app shop where you can expand your Hipstamatic “camera bag”. \r\n\r\nLet’s get familiar with the front of the Hipstamatic camera: \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"269\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Front of Camera\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Hipstamatic2.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<h4>To select your lens, flash and film simply:</h4> \r\n\r\n1.	Switch to the front of the Hipstamatic camera by using the curved arrow in the bottom right hand corner of the interface. \r\n\r\n2.	To choose your lens, swipe across your screen horizontally. Tap the lens to read more information on that particular lens (through the Hipstamart). \r\n\r\n3.	To choose your film, tap the small film icon. Flick vertically to scroll through the film options. Again, tap the film to view more information on that particular film.\r\n\r\n4.	Finally to choose your flash, tap the flash icon and swipe horizontally through the available options. As above, tap the flash for more info. \r\n\r\nAs you scroll through the lenses, film, and flash options you’ll notice that the stuff that’s already yours has a little sticker that says “mine”. You can purchase the other bits of “kit” to add to your Hipstamatic camera bag; if you see something you’d like to buy just tap on it and you’ll be taken through to the Hipstamart. \r\n\r\nThat concludes Part 1 of our <strong>Hipstamatic How-To Guides</strong>. Check back in a few days for Part 2, where we’ll show you how to share your photos, order prints, create stacks and boost your creativity even further!! \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n','Hipstamatic How-To Guide - Part 1','','inherit','open','open','','4218-revision-14','','','2011-08-06 12:02:44','2011-08-06 12:02:44','',4218,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4218-revision-14.html',0,'revision','',0),(4591,16,'2011-08-06 13:18:50','2011-08-06 13:18:50','We\'re back with the second part of our Hipstamatic how-to guide. Yesterday we showed you through the <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/hipstamatic-guide-part-1.html\" title=\"Hipstamatic How-To Guide Part 1\">Hipstamatic interface</a>, and today we\'re taking things to the next level learning how to work with photo stacks, sharing your photos, ordering Hipstaprints and using your favorite combinations. \r\n\r\nLet\'s take a closer look at the Hipstamatic Stacks: \r\n\r\nStacks are a group of photos from your Hipstamatic print gallery, that are grouped together in an album (or a stack). Once grouped you can share your stacks through Facebook, Twitter, Tumblr, Flickr and through Email. \r\n\r\n<strong>To create a stack: </strong>\r\n1. Tap on the print gallery button on the camera back. \r\n2. Now tap on the Stacks button. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip1.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n3. To create a new stack tap the + button. \r\n4. Select the prints you would like to include in the stack by tapping on them. A check mark will appear in the corner of the selected photos. Now tap New Stack in the top right corner. \r\n5. Type in a name for your stack. Tap DONE, and it will be created. Return to the Stacks screen. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip4.png\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n6. Once you\'ve created more than one stack, you can view your stacks by swiping to the left and right in the Stacks screen. \r\n7. To share your stack open it up and tap the Share button in the bottom left corner of the screen and choose the platform through which you would like to share. If this is the first time you are sharing through Hipstamatic, you will need to set up your sharing accounts and you will be prompted to do so. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip2.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nWith your stack open, you may notice a small icon that looks like a present at the bottom of the screen. Tap on this icon to be taken to the Hipstamart Print Lab where you can order real 4\", 7\", 10\", and 30\" prints of your Hipstamatic photos. If you think you may want to order large prints from your Hipstamatic photos, be sure to save all of your images at the highest resolution possible. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip3.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nYou can also add your stack to your Family Album. The Family Album is another sharing platform for your Hipstaprints whereby you can invite friends and family to create a collective album, or you can choose photos from the Hipstamatic Family Album collective to create your own albums. To share your stack to the Family Album you will need to first set up your Family Album account. To do so tap on the Family Album icon in the bottom of the print gallery, enter your details and create your account. \r\n\r\nIf you want to create your own Family album tap the + button in the top right of the Family Album home screen. There are three types of Family Albums you can create they are: Magic Album, Shared Album, or Photo Album. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip5.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nThe Magic Album is a way to view Hipstamatic prints that are being uploaded to the shared Family Album by location and date. With the Magic Album you can enter a date and location and add photos that you love to that album. \r\n\r\nA Shared Album is an album that you set up, sending invitations to friends and family who are also using Hipstamatic. Your invitees can contribute their favorite photos to the album - this is a great one for family functions such as birthday parties or special vacations. \r\n\r\nLastly, a Photo Album is one that you create of your favorite photos, with no other contributors. Try out the Hipstamatic Family Album for yourself and get access to a whole world of Hipstamatic prints! \r\n\r\nThere\'s a lot of fun to be had when experimenting with Hipstamatic\'s seemingly infinite lens / flash / film combinations but as you shoot you may come across a few combinations that really blow your hair back, float your boat, rock your world, etc. So it\'s important to know how to set your camera to shoot using your favorite combinations: \r\n\r\n1. From the camera back, tap on the View Prints button to go into the print gallery. \r\n2. Tap on the print that features the settings that you love.\r\n3. Now tap on Match Settings...\r\n4. You will be asked if you want to change the camera settings to match the print. Tap Change and your camera will be set to use the same combination found in this print. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip6.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nAdmittedly, it would be nice to have a \"Favorite Combinations Folder\" or somewhere to organize presets - but in keeping with all of the other quirky features Hipstamatic has to offer, this set-up seems just about right. \r\n\r\nSo there you have it, the complete Hipstamatic How-To Guide! Please feel free to share your Hipstamatic Tips & Tricks as well as your favorite Hipstamatic prints in the comments below! \r\n\r\n','Hipstamatic How-To Guide Part 2','','inherit','open','open','','4566-revision-6','','','2011-08-06 13:18:50','2011-08-06 13:18:50','',4566,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4566-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(4592,16,'2011-08-06 13:21:02','2011-08-06 13:21:02','We\'re back with the second part of our Hipstamatic how-to guide. Yesterday we showed you through the <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/hipstamatic-guide-part-1.html\" title=\"Hipstamatic How-To Guide Part 1\">Hipstamatic interface</a>, and today we\'re taking things to the next level! This Hipstamatic guide will show you how to work with photo stacks, sharing your photos, ordering Hipstaprints and using your favorite combinations. \r\n\r\nLet\'s take a closer look at the Hipstamatic Stacks: \r\n\r\nStacks are a group of photos from your Hipstamatic print gallery, that are grouped together in an album (or a stack). Once grouped you can share your stacks through Facebook, Twitter, Tumblr, Flickr and through Email. \r\n\r\n<strong>To create a stack: </strong>\r\n1. Tap on the print gallery button on the camera back. \r\n2. Now tap on the Stacks button. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip1.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n3. To create a new stack tap the + button. \r\n4. Select the prints you would like to include in the stack by tapping on them. A check mark will appear in the corner of the selected photos. Now tap New Stack in the top right corner. \r\n5. Type in a name for your stack. Tap DONE, and it will be created. Return to the Stacks screen. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip4.png\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n6. Once you\'ve created more than one stack, you can view your stacks by swiping to the left and right in the Stacks screen. \r\n7. To share your stack open it up and tap the Share button in the bottom left corner of the screen and choose the platform through which you would like to share. If this is the first time you are sharing through Hipstamatic, you will need to set up your sharing accounts and you will be prompted to do so. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip2.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nWith your stack open, you may notice a small icon that looks like a present at the bottom of the screen. Tap on this icon to be taken to the Hipstamart Print Lab where you can order real 4\", 7\", 10\", and 30\" prints of your Hipstamatic photos. If you think you may want to order large prints from your Hipstamatic photos, be sure to save all of your images at the highest resolution possible. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip3.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nYou can also add your stack to your Family Album. The Family Album is another sharing platform for your Hipstaprints whereby you can invite friends and family to create a collective album, or you can choose photos from the Hipstamatic Family Album collective to create your own albums. To share your stack to the Family Album you will need to first set up your Family Album account. To do so tap on the Family Album icon in the bottom of the print gallery, enter your details and create your account. \r\n\r\nIf you want to create your own Family album tap the + button in the top right of the Family Album home screen. There are three types of Family Albums you can create they are: Magic Album, Shared Album, or Photo Album. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip5.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nThe Magic Album is a way to view Hipstamatic prints that are being uploaded to the shared Family Album by location and date. With the Magic Album you can enter a date and location and add photos that you love to that album. \r\n\r\nA Shared Album is an album that you set up, sending invitations to friends and family who are also using Hipstamatic. Your invitees can contribute their favorite photos to the album - this is a great one for family functions such as birthday parties or special vacations. \r\n\r\nLastly, a Photo Album is one that you create of your favorite photos, with no other contributors. Try out the Hipstamatic Family Album for yourself and get access to a whole world of Hipstamatic prints! \r\n\r\nThere\'s a lot of fun to be had when experimenting with Hipstamatic\'s seemingly infinite lens / flash / film combinations but as you shoot you may come across a few combinations that really blow your hair back, float your boat, rock your world, etc. So it\'s important to know how to set your camera to shoot using your favorite combinations: \r\n\r\n1. From the camera back, tap on the View Prints button to go into the print gallery. \r\n2. Tap on the print that features the settings that you love.\r\n3. Now tap on Match Settings...\r\n4. You will be asked if you want to change the camera settings to match the print. Tap Change and your camera will be set to use the same combination found in this print. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip6.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nAdmittedly, it would be nice to have a \"Favorite Combinations Folder\" or somewhere to organize presets - but in keeping with all of the other quirky features Hipstamatic has to offer, this set-up seems just about right. \r\n\r\nSo there you have it, the complete Hipstamatic How-To Guide! Please feel free to share your Hipstamatic Tips & Tricks as well as your favorite Hipstamatic prints in the comments below! \r\n\r\n','Hipstamatic How-To Guide Part 2','','inherit','open','open','','4566-revision-7','','','2011-08-06 13:21:02','2011-08-06 13:21:02','',4566,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4566-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(3305,14,'2011-06-11 17:14:45','2011-06-11 17:14:45','','KodakGallery','','inherit','open','open','','kodakgallery','','','2011-06-11 17:14:45','2011-06-11 17:14:45','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/KodakGallery.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(3307,14,'2011-06-11 17:17:34','2011-06-11 17:17:34','','SmugMug','','inherit','open','open','','smugmug','','','2011-06-11 17:17:34','2011-06-11 17:17:34','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/SmugMug.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(3308,14,'2011-06-11 17:18:40','2011-06-11 17:18:40','','Snapfish','','inherit','open','open','','snapfish','','','2011-06-11 17:18:40','2011-06-11 17:18:40','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/Snapfish.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4587,16,'2011-08-06 13:10:17','2011-08-06 13:10:17','','hip6','','inherit','open','open','','hip6','','','2011-08-06 13:10:17','2011-08-06 13:10:17','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip6.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4588,16,'2011-08-06 13:13:52','2011-08-06 13:13:52','','hipstamaticcamerafront','','inherit','open','open','','hipstamaticcamerafront','','','2011-08-06 13:13:52','2011-08-06 13:13:52','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hipstamaticcamerafront.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4589,16,'2011-08-06 13:01:57','2011-08-06 13:01:57','We\'re back with the second part of our Hipstamatic how-to guide. Yesterday we showed you through the <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/hipstamatic-guide-part-1.html\" title=\"Hipstamatic How-To Guide Part 1\">Hipstamatic interface</a>, and today we\'re taking things to the next level learning how to work with photo stacks, sharing your photos, ordering Hipstaprints and using your favorite combinations. \r\n\r\nLet\'s take a closer look at the Hipstamatic Stacks: \r\n\r\nStacks are a group of photos from your Hipstamatic print gallery, that are grouped together in an album (or a stack). Once grouped you can share your stacks through Facebook, Twitter, Tumblr, Flickr and through Email. \r\n\r\nTo create a stack: \r\n1. Tap on the print gallery button on the camera back. \r\n2. Now tap on the Stacks button. \r\n\r\n\r\n3. To create a new stack tap the + button. \r\n4. Select the prints you would like to include in the stack by tapping on them. A check mark will appear in the corner of the selected photos. Now tap New Stack in the top right corner. \r\n5. Type in a name for your stack. Tap DONE, and it will be created. Return to the Stacks screen. \r\n6. Once you\'ve created more than one stack, you can view your stacks by swiping to the left and right in the Stacks screen. \r\n\r\nTo share your stack open it up and tap the Share button in the bottom left corner of the screen and choose the platform through which you would like to share. If this is the first time you are sharing through Hipstamatic, you will need to set up your sharing accounts and you will be prompted to do so. \r\n\r\nWith your stack open, you may notice a small icon that looks like a present at the bottom of the screen. Tap on this icon to be taken to the Hipstamart Print Lab where you can order real 4\", 7\", 10\", and 30\" prints of your Hipstamatic photos. If you think you may want to order large prints from your Hipstamatic photos, be sure to save all of your images at the highest resolution possible. \r\n\r\nYou can also add your stack to your Family Album. The Family Album is another sharing platform for your Hipstaprints whereby you can invite friends and family to create a collective album, or you can choose photos from the Hipstamatic Family Album collective to create your own albums. To share your stack to the Family Album you will need to first set up your Family Album account. To do so tap on the Family Album icon in the bottom of the print gallery, enter your details and create your account. \r\n\r\nIf you want to create your own Family album tap the + button in the top right of the Family Album home screen. There are three types of Family Albums you can create they are: Magic Album, Shared Album, or Photo Album. \r\n\r\nThe Magic Album is a way to view Hipstamatic prints that are being uploaded to the shared Family Album by location and date. With the Magic Album you can enter a date and location and add photos that you love to that album. \r\n\r\nA Shared Album is an album that you set up, sending invitations to friends and family who are also using Hipstamatic. Your invitees can contribute their favorite photos to the album - this is a great one for family functions such as birthday parties or special vacations. \r\n\r\nLastly, a Photo Album is one that you create of your favorite photos, with no other contributors. Try out the Hipstamatic Family Album for yourself and get access to a whole world of Hipstamatic prints! \r\n\r\nThere\'s a lot of fun to be had when experimenting with Hipstamatic\'s seemingly infinite lens / flash / film combinations but as you shoot you may come across a few combinations that really blow your hair back, float your boat, rock your world, etc. So it\'s important to know how to set your camera to shoot using your favorite combinations: \r\n\r\n1. From the camera back, tap on the View Prints button to go into the print gallery. \r\n2. Tap on the print that features the settings that you love.\r\n3. Now tap on Match Settings...\r\n4. You will be asked if you want to change the camera settings to match the print. Tap Change and your camera will be set to use the same combination found in this print. \r\n\r\nAdmittedly, it would be nice to have a \"Favorite Combinations Folder\" or somewhere to organize presets - but in keeping with all of the other quirky features Hipstamatic has to offer, this set-up seems just about right. \r\n\r\nAs always, please share your favorite Hipstamatic prints with us in the comments below! \r\n\r\n  ','Hipstamatic How-To Guide Part 2','','inherit','open','open','','4566-revision-4','','','2011-08-06 13:01:57','2011-08-06 13:01:57','',4566,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4566-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(4590,16,'2011-08-06 13:18:40','2011-08-06 13:18:40','We\'re back with the second part of our Hipstamatic how-to guide. Yesterday we showed you through the <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/hipstamatic-guide-part-1.html\" title=\"Hipstamatic How-To Guide Part 1\">Hipstamatic interface</a>, and today we\'re taking things to the next level learning how to work with photo stacks, sharing your photos, ordering Hipstaprints and using your favorite combinations. \r\n\r\nLet\'s take a closer look at the Hipstamatic Stacks: \r\n\r\nStacks are a group of photos from your Hipstamatic print gallery, that are grouped together in an album (or a stack). Once grouped you can share your stacks through Facebook, Twitter, Tumblr, Flickr and through Email. \r\n\r\n<strong>To create a stack: </strong>\r\n1. Tap on the print gallery button on the camera back. \r\n2. Now tap on the Stacks button. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip1.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n3. To create a new stack tap the + button. \r\n4. Select the prints you would like to include in the stack by tapping on them. A check mark will appear in the corner of the selected photos. Now tap New Stack in the top right corner. \r\n5. Type in a name for your stack. Tap DONE, and it will be created. Return to the Stacks screen. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip4.png\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n6. Once you\'ve created more than one stack, you can view your stacks by swiping to the left and right in the Stacks screen. \r\n7. To share your stack open it up and tap the Share button in the bottom left corner of the screen and choose the platform through which you would like to share. If this is the first time you are sharing through Hipstamatic, you will need to set up your sharing accounts and you will be prompted to do so. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip2.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nWith your stack open, you may notice a small icon that looks like a present at the bottom of the screen. Tap on this icon to be taken to the Hipstamart Print Lab where you can order real 4\", 7\", 10\", and 30\" prints of your Hipstamatic photos. If you think you may want to order large prints from your Hipstamatic photos, be sure to save all of your images at the highest resolution possible. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip3.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nYou can also add your stack to your Family Album. The Family Album is another sharing platform for your Hipstaprints whereby you can invite friends and family to create a collective album, or you can choose photos from the Hipstamatic Family Album collective to create your own albums. To share your stack to the Family Album you will need to first set up your Family Album account. To do so tap on the Family Album icon in the bottom of the print gallery, enter your details and create your account. \r\n\r\nIf you want to create your own Family album tap the + button in the top right of the Family Album home screen. There are three types of Family Albums you can create they are: Magic Album, Shared Album, or Photo Album. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip5.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nThe Magic Album is a way to view Hipstamatic prints that are being uploaded to the shared Family Album by location and date. With the Magic Album you can enter a date and location and add photos that you love to that album. \r\n\r\nA Shared Album is an album that you set up, sending invitations to friends and family who are also using Hipstamatic. Your invitees can contribute their favorite photos to the album - this is a great one for family functions such as birthday parties or special vacations. \r\n\r\nLastly, a Photo Album is one that you create of your favorite photos, with no other contributors. Try out the Hipstamatic Family Album for yourself and get access to a whole world of Hipstamatic prints! \r\n\r\nThere\'s a lot of fun to be had when experimenting with Hipstamatic\'s seemingly infinite lens / flash / film combinations but as you shoot you may come across a few combinations that really blow your hair back, float your boat, rock your world, etc. So it\'s important to know how to set your camera to shoot using your favorite combinations: \r\n\r\n1. From the camera back, tap on the View Prints button to go into the print gallery. \r\n2. Tap on the print that features the settings that you love.\r\n3. Now tap on Match Settings...\r\n4. You will be asked if you want to change the camera settings to match the print. Tap Change and your camera will be set to use the same combination found in this print. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip6.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nAdmittedly, it would be nice to have a \"Favorite Combinations Folder\" or somewhere to organize presets - but in keeping with all of the other quirky features Hipstamatic has to offer, this set-up seems just about right. \r\n\r\nSo there you have it, the complete Hipstamatic How-To Guide! Please feel free to share your Hipstamatic Tips & Tricks as well as your favorite Hipstamatic prints in the comments below! \r\n\r\n','Hipstamatic How-To Guide Part 2','','inherit','open','open','','4566-revision-5','','','2011-08-06 13:18:40','2011-08-06 13:18:40','',4566,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4566-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(4595,16,'2011-08-06 14:04:57','2011-08-06 14:04:57','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera.png\"><img title=\"TopCamera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"Top Camera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera-Logo.png\" alt=\"Top Camera App Logo\" />\n\nTOP CAMERA app for iPhone is a complete, one-stop shop for all your iPhoneography needs. It brings a lot to the table and is capable of shooting, editing, and sharing photos in-app, doing them all so well that you might be left to wonder why you need all those other apps... </td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by Lucky Clan</li>\n<li>Full-featured camera app</li>\n<li>Packed with lots of editing options including 36 photo filters</li>\n<li>Organize and store photos effectively through Folder Manager</li>\n<li>Share images through Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr</li>\n<li>Export photos to photo library, email, and clipboard</li>\n<li>Costs US$0.99 (introductory price)</li>\n\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Slick and professional-looking interface</li>\n<li>Intuitive</li>\n<li>Camera app is highly versatile</li>\n<li>Top of the line editing features</li>\n<li>Organizing photos is not a problem at all</li>\n<li>Several sharing options</li>\n\n\n\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>No means yet to compare edited photo to the original version</li>\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\n\nTOP CAMERA is for anyone looking for a solid app that can cover shooting, editing, and sharing both swiftly and easily. TOP CAMERA app is great for beginners as it\'s easy to use and not at all intimidating; pros will certainly love the impressive feature set.\n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]TOP CAMERA is chock full of features iPhoneographers are looking for in a camera replacement app, you might just be tempted to give up all your other camera replacement apps for this one. Yes, it\'s that good. [/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nIn many aspects, TOP CAMERA is definitely ahead of the pack. What makes it so much better than its competitors? It has tons of practical features, and just generally makes iPhoneography much easier. It\'s as if the developers just picked every useful feature of the (many) camera replacement apps out there, threw in some additional functions and effects and rolled out the TOP CAMERA app. \n\nThe built-in camera delivers in almost every aspect and completely squashes the iPhone native camera app. The best shooting features include: Image stabilizer, timer, zoom, burst mode, auto white balance, exposure and focus box, virtual horizon, whole-screen button options, and much much more. There’s also a bonus HDR function which is similar to dedicated HDR photo apps such as ProHDR. We are particularly impressed with the slow shutter mode of this app, it\'s great for night photography and flowing water, and we are simply astounded with the outputs. \n\nWhen it comes to editing, TOP CAMERA does not disappoint. There is just a plethora of editing options. You can crop in free mode, rotate, and flip photos. You can also enhance pretty much every aspect of your photos including saturation, contrast, shadows, and tones. And if that\'s not enough, there are many imaginative filter effects and borders available to boost the photo. \n\nTOP CAMERA also offers the most convenient way to organize and store your photos through its Folder Manager feature – something most other camera replacement apps out there do not feature. Sharing is also a breeze through Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr or you can choose to export it to photo library and clipboard. The recent upgrade incorporated Dropbox support as well.\n\nFrom shooting, editing, and sharing photos, TOP CAMERA is truly at the TOP of the game (pun intended). This is like buying (at least) 4 apps-in-one! Highly recommended! \n\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Top Camera App 5 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphonelife.com/blog/14967/app-review-fully-loaded-top-camera-tops-competing-camera-apps-easily?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+PhoneLife_Blogs+%28iPhone+Life+Blogs%29\">iPhoneLife</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Lucky Clan’s impressive new camera and photo editing app, Top Camera, has many iPhone users ditching other apps as unnecessary clutter.  The secret to Top Camera’s appeal is its ability to all of the  most-wanted cam and editing features in one well-organized and easy to use interface.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2011/07/quickadvice-top-camera-could-replace-many-of-your-photo-apps-and-you-could-win-a-copy\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“With so many features, many apps feel cluttered or confusing. I think they (Lucky Clan) did a great job making this UI clean and easy to use.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://topiphoneresource.info/top-camera-iphone-app-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">TopiPhoneResource</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“\nWhat makes Top Camera really pop is its ability to combine this laundry list of most-wanted features into one easy to use application.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','Top Camera App For iPhone – A True Powerhouse','','inherit','open','open','','4568-revision-9','','','2011-08-06 14:04:57','2011-08-06 14:04:57','',4568,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4568-revision-9.html',0,'revision','',0),(4581,14,'2011-08-06 13:07:18','2011-08-06 13:07:18','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera.png\"><img title=\"TopCamera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Top Camera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera-Logo.png\" alt=\"Top Camera App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nTOP CAMERA is a complete, one-stop solution for all your iPhoneography needs. It offers a lot in the table, from shooting, editing, and sharing photos which, at some poin,t may make the user feel that the many other apps installed on the iPhone is already unnecessary. </td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Lucky Clan</li>\r\n<li>Full-featured camera app</li>\r\n<li>Packed with many editing options including 36 photo filters</li>\r\n<li>Organize and store photos effectively through Folder Manager</li>\r\n<li>Share images over at Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr</li>\r\n<li>Export photos to photo library, email, and clipboard</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$0.99 (introductory price)</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Slick and professional-looking interface</li>\r\n<li>Intuitive to use</li>\r\n<li>Camera app is highly versatile</li>\r\n<li>Top of the line editing features</li>\r\n<li>Organizing photos is not a problem at all</li>\r\n<li>Lots of available sharing options</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>No means yet to compare edited photo to the original version</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nTOP CAMERA is for anyone who does not need a bunch of photo apps but just one solid app that can do it all easily and swiftly. Beginners won’t feel intimidated because it’s easy to use; pros will certainly love the impressive feature set.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]TOP CAMERA is full of features most iPhoneographers are looking for in a camera replacement app and thus may lure many into getting rid of other photo apps. That’s how good this Top Camera is.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nTOP CAMERA appears to be ahead of the pack. It is so much better than its competitors: it has too many practical features to offer and makes the lives of iPhoneographers so much better. It is as if the developers pick the very useful features of other apps, threw in some excellent functions, and then rolled it into one great app. \r\n\r\nThe built-in camera of this app delivers on almost all departments and largely dwarfs the native camera app of the iPhone. Most-wanted features are proudly present: Image stabilizer, timer, zoom, burst mode, auto white balance, exposure and focus box, virtual horizon, whole-screen button options, and a lot more. There’s a bonus HDR function which is similar to dedicated HDR photo apps like ProHDR.  \r\n\r\nThe slow shutter mode of this app will surely impress many iPhoneographers. It produces precise results and with subjects like fireworks and flowing water, we know that the outputs will be simple astounding.\r\n\r\nWhen it comes to editing tools, TOP CAMERA does not disappoint; in fact, it truly shines in this aspect. There is just a plethora of editing options. You can crop in free mode, rotate, and flip photos. You can pretty much enhance photos in every possible element such as saturation, contrast, shadows, and tones. To prime up your photo for sharing, there are many imaginative filter effects and borders you can use. \r\n\r\nTOP CAMERA also offers the most convenient way on how to organize and store your photos through its Folder Manager feature – a feature most apps out there lack. Sharing is also a breeze as you have the option to share photos to Facebook, Twitter, or Flickr or you can choose to export it to photo library and clipboard. The recent upgrade incorporated Dropbox support as well.\r\n\r\nFrom shooting, editing, and sharing photos, TOP CAMERA is at the top of the game (no pun intended). Getting this app will feel like you are purchasing 3-4 apps. Certainly a highly recommended app.\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Top Camera App 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphonelife.com/blog/14967/app-review-fully-loaded-top-camera-tops-competing-camera-apps-easily?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+PhoneLife_Blogs+%28iPhone+Life+Blogs%29\">iPhoneLife</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Lucky Clan’s impressive new camera and photo editing app, Top Camera, has many iPhone users ditching other apps as unnecessary clutter.  The secret to Top Camera’s appeal is its ability to all of the  most-wanted cam and editing features in one well-organized and easy to use interface.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2011/07/quickadvice-top-camera-could-replace-many-of-your-photo-apps-and-you-could-win-a-copy\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“With so many features, many apps feel cluttered or confusing. I think they (Lucky Clan) did a great job making this UI clean and easy to use.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://topiphoneresource.info/top-camera-iphone-app-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">TopiPhoneResource</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“\r\nWhat makes Top Camera really pop is its ability to combine this laundry list of most-wanted features into one easy to use application.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Top Camera – A True Powerhouse','','inherit','open','open','','4568-revision-8','','','2011-08-06 13:07:18','2011-08-06 13:07:18','',4568,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4568-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(4582,16,'2011-08-06 13:09:42','2011-08-06 13:09:42','','hip1','','inherit','open','open','','hip1','','','2011-08-06 13:09:42','2011-08-06 13:09:42','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip1.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4583,16,'2011-08-06 13:09:50','2011-08-06 13:09:50','','hip2','','inherit','open','open','','hip2','','','2011-08-06 13:09:50','2011-08-06 13:09:50','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip2.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4584,16,'2011-08-06 13:09:55','2011-08-06 13:09:55','','hip3','','inherit','open','open','','hip3','','','2011-08-06 13:09:55','2011-08-06 13:09:55','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip3.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4585,16,'2011-08-06 13:10:01','2011-08-06 13:10:01','','hip4','','inherit','open','open','','hip4','','','2011-08-06 13:10:01','2011-08-06 13:10:01','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip4.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4586,16,'2011-08-06 13:10:08','2011-08-06 13:10:08','','hip5','','inherit','open','open','','hip5','','','2011-08-06 13:10:08','2011-08-06 13:10:08','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip5.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4579,14,'2011-08-06 13:03:17','2011-08-06 13:03:17','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera.png\"><img title=\"TopCamera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Top Camera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera-Logo.png\" alt=\"Top Camera App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPERFECT PHOTO app, brought to you by the same developer who crafted the fantastic FX Photo Studio, is a user-friendly app that offers a convenient way to touch up images taken with an iPhone. With a selection of basic editing tools and some fun filters this reasonably priced app is great for beginners!</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Lucky Clan</li>\r\n<li>Full-featured camera app</li>\r\n<li>Packed with many editing options including 36 photo filters</li>\r\n<li>Organize and store photos effectively through Folder Manager</li>\r\n<li>Share images over at Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr</li>\r\n<li>Export photos to photo library, email, and clipboard</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$0.99 (introductory price)</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Slick and professional-looking interface</li>\r\n<li>Intuitive to use</li>\r\n<li>Camera app is highly versatile</li>\r\n<li>Top of the line editing features</li>\r\n<li>Organizing photos is not a problem at all</li>\r\n<li>Lots of available sharing options</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Previewing changes is quite slow</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nTOP CAMERA is for anyone who does not need a bunch of photo apps but just one solid app that can do it all easily and swiftly. Beginners won’t feel intimidated because it’s easy to use; pros will certainly love the impressive feature set.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]TOP CAMERA is full of features most iPhoneographers are looking for in a camera replacement app and thus may lure many into getting rid of other photo apps. That’s how good this Top Camera is.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nTOP CAMERA appears to be ahead of the pack. It is so much better than its competitors: it has too many practical features to offer and makes the lives of iPhoneographers so much better. It is as if the developers pick the very useful features of other apps, threw in some excellent functions, and then rolled it into one great app. \r\n\r\nThe built-in camera of this app delivers on almost all departments and largely dwarfs the native camera app of the iPhone. Most-wanted features are proudly present: Image stabilizer, timer, zoom, burst mode, auto white balance, exposure and focus box, virtual horizon, whole-screen button options, and a lot more. There’s a bonus HDR function which is similar to dedicated HDR photo apps like ProHDR.  \r\n\r\nThe slow shutter mode of this app will surely impress many iPhoneographers. It produces precise results and with subjects like fireworks and flowing water, we know that the outputs will be simple astounding.\r\n\r\nWhen it comes to editing tools, TOP CAMERA does not disappoint; in fact, it truly shines in this aspect. There is just a plethora of editing options. You can crop in free mode, rotate, and flip photos. You can pretty much enhance photos in every possible element such as saturation, contrast, shadows, and tones. To prime up your photo for sharing, there are many imaginative filter effects and borders you can use. \r\n\r\nTOP CAMERA also offers the most convenient way on how to organize and store your photos through its Folder Manager feature – a feature most apps out there lack. Sharing is also a breeze as you have the option to share photos to Facebook, Twitter, or Flickr or you can choose to export it to photo library and clipboard. The recent upgrade incorporated Dropbox support as well.\r\n\r\nFrom shooting, editing, and sharing photos, TOP CAMERA is at the top of the game (no pun intended). Getting this app will feel like you are purchasing 3-4 apps. Certainly a highly recommended app.\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Top Camera App 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphonelife.com/blog/14967/app-review-fully-loaded-top-camera-tops-competing-camera-apps-easily?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+PhoneLife_Blogs+%28iPhone+Life+Blogs%29\">iPhoneLife</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Lucky Clan’s impressive new camera and photo editing app, Top Camera, has many iPhone users ditching other apps as unnecessary clutter.  The secret to Top Camera’s appeal is its ability to all of the  most-wanted cam and editing features in one well-organized and easy to use interface.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2011/07/quickadvice-top-camera-could-replace-many-of-your-photo-apps-and-you-could-win-a-copy\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“With so many features, many apps feel cluttered or confusing. I think they (Lucky Clan) did a great job making this UI clean and easy to use.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://topiphoneresource.info/top-camera-iphone-app-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">TopiPhoneResource</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“\r\nWhat makes Top Camera really pop is its ability to combine this laundry list of most-wanted features into one easy to use application.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Top Camera – A True Powerhouse','','inherit','open','open','','4568-revision-6','','','2011-08-06 13:03:17','2011-08-06 13:03:17','',4568,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4568-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(4578,14,'2011-08-06 13:02:23','2011-08-06 13:02:23','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera.png\"><img title=\"TopCamera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Top Camera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera-Logo.png\" alt=\"Top Camera App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPERFECT PHOTO app, brought to you by the same developer who crafted the fantastic FX Photo Studio, is a user-friendly app that offers a convenient way to touch up images taken with an iPhone. With a selection of basic editing tools and some fun filters this reasonably priced app is great for beginners!</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Lucky Clan</li>\r\n<li>Full-featured camera app</li>\r\n<li>Packed with many editing options including 36 photo filters</li>\r\n<li>Organize and store photos effectively through Folder Manager</li>\r\n<li>Share images over at Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr</li>\r\n<li>Export photos to photo library, email, and clipboard</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$0.99 (introductory price)</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Slick and professional-looking interface</li>\r\n<li>Intuitive to use</li>\r\n<li>Camera app is highly versatile</li>\r\n<li>Top of the line editing features</li>\r\n<li>Organizing photos is not a problem at all</li>\r\n<li>Lots of available sharing options</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Previewing changes is quite slow</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nTOP CAMERA is for anyone who does not need a bunch of photo apps but just one solid app that can do it all easily and swiftly. Beginners won’t feel intimidated because it’s easy to use; pros will certainly love the impressive feature set.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]TOP CAMERA is full of features most iPhoneographers are looking for in a camera replacement app and thus may lure many into getting rid of other photo apps. That’s how good this Top Camera is.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nTOP CAMERA appears to be ahead of the pack. It is so much better than its competitors: it has too many practical features to offer and makes the lives of iPhoneographers so much better. It is as if the developers pick the very useful features of other apps, threw in some excellent functions, and then rolled it into one great app. \r\n\r\nThe built-in camera of this app delivers on almost all departments and largely dwarfs the native camera app of the iPhone. Most-wanted features are proudly present: Image stabilizer, timer, zoom, burst mode, auto white balance, exposure and focus box, virtual horizon, whole-screen button options, and a lot more. There’s a bonus HDR function which is similar to dedicated HDR photo apps like ProHDR.  \r\n\r\nThe slow shutter mode of this app will surely impress many iPhoneographers. It produces precise results and with subjects like fireworks and flowing water, we know that the outputs will be simple astounding.\r\n\r\nWhen it comes to editing tools, TOP CAMERA does not disappoint; in fact, it truly shines in this aspect. There is just a plethora of editing options. You can crop in free mode, rotate, and flip photos. You can pretty much enhance photos in every possible element such as saturation, contrast, shadows, and tones. To prime up your photo for sharing, there are many imaginative filter effects and borders you can use. \r\n\r\nTOP CAMERA also offers the most convenient way on how to organize and store your photos through its Folder Manager feature – a feature most apps out there lack. Sharing is also a breeze as you have the option to share photos to Facebook, Twitter, or Flickr or you can choose to export it to photo library and clipboard. The recent upgrade incorporated Dropbox support as well.\r\n\r\nFrom shooting, editing, and sharing photos, TOP CAMERA is at the top of the game (no pun intended). Getting this app will feel like you are purchasing 3-4 apps. Certainly a highly recommended app.\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Top Camera App 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphonelife.com/blog/14967/app-review-fully-loaded-top-camera-tops-competing-camera-apps-easily?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+PhoneLife_Blogs+%28iPhone+Life+Blogs%29\">iPhoneLife</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Lucky Clan’s impressive new camera and photo editing app, Top Camera, has many iPhone users ditching other apps as unnecessary clutter.  The secret to Top Camera’s appeal is its ability to all of the  most-wanted cam and editing features in one well-organized and easy to use interface.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2011/07/quickadvice-top-camera-could-replace-many-of-your-photo-apps-and-you-could-win-a-copy\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“With so many features, many apps feel cluttered or confusing. I think they (Lucky Clan) did a great job making this UI clean and easy to use.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://topiphoneresource.info/top-camera-iphone-app-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">TopiPhoneResource</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“\r\nWhat makes Top Camera really pop is its ability to combine this laundry list of most-wanted features into one easy to use application.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Top Camera – A True Powerhouse','','inherit','open','open','','4568-revision-5','','','2011-08-06 13:02:23','2011-08-06 13:02:23','',4568,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4568-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(4577,14,'2011-08-06 12:59:10','2011-08-06 12:59:10','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera.png\"><img title=\"TopCamera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Top Camera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera-Logo.png\" alt=\"Top Camera App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPERFECT PHOTO app, brought to you by the same developer who crafted the fantastic FX Photo Studio, is a user-friendly app that offers a convenient way to touch up images taken with an iPhone. With a selection of basic editing tools and some fun filters this reasonably priced app is great for beginners!</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Lucky Clan</li>\r\n<li>Full-featured camera app</li>\r\n<li>Packed with many editing options including 36 photo filters</li>\r\n<li>Organize and store photos effectively through Folder Manager</li>\r\n<li>Share images over at Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr</li>\r\n<li>Export photos to photo library, email, and clipboard</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$0.99 (introductory price)</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Slick and professional-looking interface</li>\r\n<li>Intuitive to use</li>\r\n<li>Camera app is highly versatile</li>\r\n<li>Top of the line editing features</li>\r\n<li>Organizing photos is not a problem at all</li>\r\n<li>Lots of available sharing options</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Previewing changes is quite slow</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nTOP CAMERA is for anyone who does not need a bunch of photo apps but just one solid app that can do it all easily and swiftly. Beginners won’t feel intimidated because it’s easy to use; pros will certainly love the impressive feature set.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]TOP CAMERA is full of features most iPhoneographers are looking for in a camera replacement app and thus may lure many into getting rid of other photo apps. That’s how good this Top Camera is.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nTOP CAMERA appears to be ahead of the pack. It is so much better than its competitors: it has too many practical features to offer and makes the lives of iPhoneographers so much better. It is as if the developers pick the very useful features of other apps, threw in some excellent functions, and then rolled it into one great app. \r\n\r\nThe built-in camera of this app delivers on almost all departments and largely dwarfs the native camera app of the iPhone. Most-wanted features are proudly present: Image stabilizer, timer, zoom, burst mode, auto white balance, exposure and focus box, virtual horizon, whole-screen button options, and a lot more. There’s a bonus HDR function which is similar to dedicated HDR photo apps like ProHDR.  \r\n\r\nThe slow shutter mode of this app will surely impress many iPhoneographers. It produces precise results and with subjects like fireworks and flowing water, we know that the outputs will be simple astounding.\r\n\r\nWhen it comes to editing tools, TOP CAMERA does not disappoint; in fact, it truly shines in this aspect. There is just a plethora of editing options. You can crop in free mode, rotate, and flip photos. You can pretty much enhance photos in every possible element such as saturation, contrast, shadows, and tones. To prime up your photo for sharing, there are many imaginative filter effects and borders you can use. \r\n\r\nTOP CAMERA also offers the most convenient way on how to organize and store your photos through its Folder Manager feature – a feature most apps out there lack. Sharing is also a breeze as you have the option to share photos to Facebook, Twitter, or Flickr or you can choose to export it to photo library and clipboard. The recent upgrade incorporated Dropbox support as well.\r\n\r\nFrom shooting, editing, and sharing photos, TOP CAMERA is at the top of the game (no pun intended). Getting this app will feel like you are purchasing 3-4 apps. Certainly a highly recommended app.\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Top Camera App 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphonelife.com/blog/14967/app-review-fully-loaded-top-camera-tops-competing-camera-apps-easily?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+PhoneLife_Blogs+%28iPhone+Life+Blogs%29\">iPhoneLife</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Lucky Clan’s impressive new camera and photo editing app, Top Camera, has many iPhone users ditching other apps as unnecessary clutter.  The secret to Top Camera’s appeal is its ability to all of the  most-wanted cam and editing features in one well-organized and easy to use interface.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2011/07/quickadvice-top-camera-could-replace-many-of-your-photo-apps-and-you-could-win-a-copy\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“With so many features, many apps feel cluttered or confusing. I think they (Lucky Clan) did a great job making this UI clean and easy to use.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://topiphoneresource.info/top-camera-iphone-app-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">TopiPhoneResource</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“\r\nWhat makes Top Camera really pop is its ability to combine this laundry list of most-wanted features into one easy to use application.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Top Camera – A True Powerhouse','','inherit','open','open','','4568-revision-4','','','2011-08-06 12:59:10','2011-08-06 12:59:10','',4568,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4568-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(4574,14,'2011-08-06 12:59:05','2011-08-06 12:59:05','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera.png\"><img title=\"TopCamera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"Top Camera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera-Logo.png\" alt=\"Top Camera App Logo\" />\n\nPERFECT PHOTO app, brought to you by the same developer who crafted the fantastic FX Photo Studio, is a user-friendly app that offers a convenient way to touch up images taken with an iPhone. With a selection of basic editing tools and some fun filters this reasonably priced app is great for beginners!</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by Lucky Clan</li>\n<li>Full-featured camera app</li>\n<li>Packed with many editing options including 36 photo filters</li>\n<li>Organize and store photos effectively through Folder Manager</li>\n<li>Share images over at Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr</li>\n<li>Export photos to photo library, email, and clipboard</li>\n<li>Costs US$0.99 (introductory price)</li>\n\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Slick and professional-looking interface</li>\n<li>Intuitive to use</li>\n<li>Camera app is highly versatile</li>\n<li>Top of the line editing features</li>\n<li>Organizing photos is not a problem at all</li>\n<li>Lots of available sharing options</li>\n\n\n\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Previewing changes is quite slow</li>\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\n\nTOP CAMERA is for anyone who does not need a bunch of photo apps but just one solid app that can do it all easily and swiftly. Beginners won’t feel intimidated because it’s easy to use; pros will certainly love the impressive feature set.\n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]TOP CAMERA is full of features most iPhoneographers are looking for in a camera replacement app and thus may lure many into getting rid of other photo apps. That’s how good this Top Camera is.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nTOP CAMERA appears to be ahead of the pack. It is so much better than its competitors: it has too many practical features to offer and makes the lives of iPhoneographers so much better. It is as if the developers pick the very useful features of other apps, threw in some excellent functions, and then rolled it into one great app. \n\nThe built-in camera of this app delivers on almost all departments and largely dwarfs the native camera app of the iPhone. Most-wanted features are proudly present: Image stabilizer, timer, zoom, burst mode, auto white balance, exposure and focus box, virtual horizon, whole-screen button options, and a lot more. There’s a bonus HDR function which is similar to dedicated HDR photo apps like ProHDR.  \n\nThe slow shutter mode of this app will surely impress many iPhoneographers. It produces precise results and with subjects like fireworks and flowing water, we know that the outputs will be simple astounding.\n\nWhen it comes to editing tools, TOP CAMERA does not disappoint; in fact, it truly shines in this aspect. There is just a plethora of editing options. You can crop in free mode, rotate, and flip photos. You can pretty much enhance photos in every possible element such as saturation, contrast, shadows, and tones. To prime up your photo for sharing, there are many imaginative filter effects and borders you can use. \n\nTOP CAMERA also offers the most convenient way on how to organize and store your photos through its Folder Manager feature – a feature most apps out there lack. Sharing is also a breeze as you have the option to share photos to Facebook, Twitter, or Flickr or you can choose to export it to photo library and clipboard. The recent upgrade incorporated Dropbox support as well.\n\nFrom shooting, editing, and sharing photos, TOP CAMERA is at the top of the game (no pun intended). Getting this app will feel like you are purchasing 3-4 apps. Certainly a highly recommended app.\n\n\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Top Camera App 5 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphonelife.com/blog/14967/app-review-fully-loaded-top-camera-tops-competing-camera-apps-easily?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+PhoneLife_Blogs+%28iPhone+Life+Blogs%29\">iPhoneLife</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Lucky Clan’s impressive new camera and photo editing app, Top Camera, has many iPhone users ditching other apps as unnecessary clutter.  The secret to Top Camera’s appeal is its ability to all of the  most-wanted cam and editing features in one well-organized and easy to use interface.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2011/07/quickadvice-top-camera-could-replace-many-of-your-photo-apps-and-you-could-win-a-copy\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“With so many features, many apps feel cluttered or confusing. I think they (Lucky Clan) did a great job making this UI clean and easy to use.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://topiphoneresource.info/top-camera-iphone-app-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">TopiPhoneResource</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“\nWhat makes Top Camera really pop is its ability to combine this laundry list of most-wanted features into one easy to use application.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','Top Camera – A True Powerhouse','','inherit','open','open','','4568-revision-3','','','2011-08-06 12:59:05','2011-08-06 12:59:05','',4568,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4568-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(4580,14,'2011-08-06 13:07:04','2011-08-06 13:07:04','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera.png\"><img title=\"TopCamera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"Top Camera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera-Logo.png\" alt=\"Top Camera App Logo\" />\n\nTOP CAMERA is a complete, one-stop solution for all your iPhoneography needs. It offers a lot in the table, from shooting, editing, and sharing photos which, at some poin,t may make the user feel that the many other apps installed on the iPhone is already unnecessary. </td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by Lucky Clan</li>\n<li>Full-featured camera app</li>\n<li>Packed with many editing options including 36 photo filters</li>\n<li>Organize and store photos effectively through Folder Manager</li>\n<li>Share images over at Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr</li>\n<li>Export photos to photo library, email, and clipboard</li>\n<li>Costs US$0.99 (introductory price)</li>\n\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Slick and professional-looking interface</li>\n<li>Intuitive to use</li>\n<li>Camera app is highly versatile</li>\n<li>Top of the line editing features</li>\n<li>Organizing photos is not a problem at all</li>\n<li>Lots of available sharing options</li>\n\n\n\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>No means to compare edited p</li>\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\n\nTOP CAMERA is for anyone who does not need a bunch of photo apps but just one solid app that can do it all easily and swiftly. Beginners won’t feel intimidated because it’s easy to use; pros will certainly love the impressive feature set.\n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]TOP CAMERA is full of features most iPhoneographers are looking for in a camera replacement app and thus may lure many into getting rid of other photo apps. That’s how good this Top Camera is.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nTOP CAMERA appears to be ahead of the pack. It is so much better than its competitors: it has too many practical features to offer and makes the lives of iPhoneographers so much better. It is as if the developers pick the very useful features of other apps, threw in some excellent functions, and then rolled it into one great app. \n\nThe built-in camera of this app delivers on almost all departments and largely dwarfs the native camera app of the iPhone. Most-wanted features are proudly present: Image stabilizer, timer, zoom, burst mode, auto white balance, exposure and focus box, virtual horizon, whole-screen button options, and a lot more. There’s a bonus HDR function which is similar to dedicated HDR photo apps like ProHDR.  \n\nThe slow shutter mode of this app will surely impress many iPhoneographers. It produces precise results and with subjects like fireworks and flowing water, we know that the outputs will be simple astounding.\n\nWhen it comes to editing tools, TOP CAMERA does not disappoint; in fact, it truly shines in this aspect. There is just a plethora of editing options. You can crop in free mode, rotate, and flip photos. You can pretty much enhance photos in every possible element such as saturation, contrast, shadows, and tones. To prime up your photo for sharing, there are many imaginative filter effects and borders you can use. \n\nTOP CAMERA also offers the most convenient way on how to organize and store your photos through its Folder Manager feature – a feature most apps out there lack. Sharing is also a breeze as you have the option to share photos to Facebook, Twitter, or Flickr or you can choose to export it to photo library and clipboard. The recent upgrade incorporated Dropbox support as well.\n\nFrom shooting, editing, and sharing photos, TOP CAMERA is at the top of the game (no pun intended). Getting this app will feel like you are purchasing 3-4 apps. Certainly a highly recommended app.\n\n\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Top Camera App 5 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphonelife.com/blog/14967/app-review-fully-loaded-top-camera-tops-competing-camera-apps-easily?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+PhoneLife_Blogs+%28iPhone+Life+Blogs%29\">iPhoneLife</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Lucky Clan’s impressive new camera and photo editing app, Top Camera, has many iPhone users ditching other apps as unnecessary clutter.  The secret to Top Camera’s appeal is its ability to all of the  most-wanted cam and editing features in one well-organized and easy to use interface.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2011/07/quickadvice-top-camera-could-replace-many-of-your-photo-apps-and-you-could-win-a-copy\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“With so many features, many apps feel cluttered or confusing. I think they (Lucky Clan) did a great job making this UI clean and easy to use.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://topiphoneresource.info/top-camera-iphone-app-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">TopiPhoneResource</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“\nWhat makes Top Camera really pop is its ability to combine this laundry list of most-wanted features into one easy to use application.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','Top Camera – A True Powerhouse','','inherit','open','open','','4568-revision-7','','','2011-08-06 13:07:04','2011-08-06 13:07:04','',4568,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4568-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(4575,16,'2011-08-06 12:58:34','2011-08-06 12:58:34','We\'re back with the second part of our Hipstamatic how-to guide. Yesterday we showed you through the <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/hipstamatic-guide-part-1.html\" title=\"Hipstamatic How-To Guide Part 1\">Hipstamatic interface</a>, and today we\'re taking things to the next level learning how to work with photo stacks, sharing your photos, ordering Hipstaprints and using your favorite combinations. \n\nLet\'s take a closer look at the Hipstamatic Stacks: \n\nStacks are a group of photos from your Hipstamatic print gallery, that are grouped together in an album (or a stack). Once grouped you can share your stacks through Facebook, Twitter, Tumblr, Flickr and through Email. \n\nTo create a stack: \n1. Tap on the print gallery button on the camera back. \n2. Now tap on the Stacks button. \n\n\n3. To create a new stack tap the + button. \n4. Select the prints you would like to include in the stack by tapping on them. A check mark will appear in the corner of the selected photos. Now tap New Stack in the top right corner. \n5. Type in a name for your stack. Tap DONE, and it will be created. Return to the Stacks screen. \n6. Once you\'ve created more than one stack, you can view your stacks by swiping to the left and right in the Stacks screen. \n\nTo share your stack open it up and tap the Share button in the bottom left corner of the screen and choose the platform through which you would like to share. If this is the first time you are sharing through Hipstamatic, you will need to set up your sharing accounts and you will be prompted to do so. \n\nWith your stack open, you may notice a small icon that looks like a present at the bottom of the screen. Tap on this icon to be taken to the Hipstamart Print Lab where you can order real 4\", 7\", 10\", and 30\" prints of your Hipstamatic photos. If you think you may want to order large prints from your Hipstamatic photos, be sure to save all of your images at the highest resolution possible. \n\nYou can also add your stack to your Family Album. The Family Album is another sharing platform for your Hipstaprints whereby you can invite friends and family to create a collective album, or you can choose photos from the Hipstamatic Family Album collective to create your own albums. To share your stack to the Family Album you will need to first set up your Family Album account. To do so tap on the Family Album icon in the bottom of the print gallery, enter your details and create your account. \n\nIf you want to create your own Family album tap the + button in the top right of the Family Album home screen. There are three types of Family Albums you can create they are: Magic Album, Shared Album, or Photo Album. \n\nThe Magic Album is a way to view Hipstamatic prints that are being uploaded to the shared Family Album by location and date. With the Magic Album you can enter a date and location and add photos that you love to that album. \n\nA Shared Album is an album that you set up, sending invitations to friends and family who are also using Hipstamatic. Your invitees can contribute their favorite photos to the album - this is a great one for family functions such as birthday parties or special vacations. \n\nLastly, a Photo Album is one that you create of your favorite photos, with no other contributors. Try out the Hipstamatic Family Album for yourself and get access to a whole world of Hipstamatic prints! \n\nThere\'s a lot of fun to be had when experimenting with Hipstamatic\'s seemingly infinite lens / flash / film combinations but as you shoot you may come across a few combinations that really blow your hair back, float your boat, rock your world, etc. So it\'s important to know how to set your camera to shoot using your favorite combinations: \n\n1. From the camera back, tap on the View Prints button to go into the print gallery. \n2. Tap on the print that features the settings that you love.\n3. Now tap on Match Settings...\n4. You will be asked if you want to change the camera settings to match the print. Tap Change and your camera will be set to use the same combination found in this print. \n\nAdmittedly, it would be nice to have a \"Favorite Combinations Folder\" or somewhere to organize presets - but in keeping with all of the other quirky features Hipstamatic has to offer, this set-up seems just about right. \n\nGo forth and conquer \n\n  ','Hipstamatic How-To Guide Part 2','','inherit','open','open','','4566-revision-2','','','2011-08-06 12:58:34','2011-08-06 12:58:34','',4566,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4566-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(4576,16,'2011-08-06 12:59:31','2011-08-06 12:59:31','We\'re back with the second part of our Hipstamatic how-to guide. Yesterday we showed you through the <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/hipstamatic-guide-part-1.html\" title=\"Hipstamatic How-To Guide Part 1\">Hipstamatic interface</a>, and today we\'re taking things to the next level learning how to work with photo stacks, sharing your photos, ordering Hipstaprints and using your favorite combinations. \r\n\r\nLet\'s take a closer look at the Hipstamatic Stacks: \r\n\r\nStacks are a group of photos from your Hipstamatic print gallery, that are grouped together in an album (or a stack). Once grouped you can share your stacks through Facebook, Twitter, Tumblr, Flickr and through Email. \r\n\r\nTo create a stack: \r\n1. Tap on the print gallery button on the camera back. \r\n2. Now tap on the Stacks button. \r\n\r\n\r\n3. To create a new stack tap the + button. \r\n4. Select the prints you would like to include in the stack by tapping on them. A check mark will appear in the corner of the selected photos. Now tap New Stack in the top right corner. \r\n5. Type in a name for your stack. Tap DONE, and it will be created. Return to the Stacks screen. \r\n6. Once you\'ve created more than one stack, you can view your stacks by swiping to the left and right in the Stacks screen. \r\n\r\nTo share your stack open it up and tap the Share button in the bottom left corner of the screen and choose the platform through which you would like to share. If this is the first time you are sharing through Hipstamatic, you will need to set up your sharing accounts and you will be prompted to do so. \r\n\r\nWith your stack open, you may notice a small icon that looks like a present at the bottom of the screen. Tap on this icon to be taken to the Hipstamart Print Lab where you can order real 4\", 7\", 10\", and 30\" prints of your Hipstamatic photos. If you think you may want to order large prints from your Hipstamatic photos, be sure to save all of your images at the highest resolution possible. \r\n\r\nYou can also add your stack to your Family Album. The Family Album is another sharing platform for your Hipstaprints whereby you can invite friends and family to create a collective album, or you can choose photos from the Hipstamatic Family Album collective to create your own albums. To share your stack to the Family Album you will need to first set up your Family Album account. To do so tap on the Family Album icon in the bottom of the print gallery, enter your details and create your account. \r\n\r\nIf you want to create your own Family album tap the + button in the top right of the Family Album home screen. There are three types of Family Albums you can create they are: Magic Album, Shared Album, or Photo Album. \r\n\r\nThe Magic Album is a way to view Hipstamatic prints that are being uploaded to the shared Family Album by location and date. With the Magic Album you can enter a date and location and add photos that you love to that album. \r\n\r\nA Shared Album is an album that you set up, sending invitations to friends and family who are also using Hipstamatic. Your invitees can contribute their favorite photos to the album - this is a great one for family functions such as birthday parties or special vacations. \r\n\r\nLastly, a Photo Album is one that you create of your favorite photos, with no other contributors. Try out the Hipstamatic Family Album for yourself and get access to a whole world of Hipstamatic prints! \r\n\r\nThere\'s a lot of fun to be had when experimenting with Hipstamatic\'s seemingly infinite lens / flash / film combinations but as you shoot you may come across a few combinations that really blow your hair back, float your boat, rock your world, etc. So it\'s important to know how to set your camera to shoot using your favorite combinations: \r\n\r\n1. From the camera back, tap on the View Prints button to go into the print gallery. \r\n2. Tap on the print that features the settings that you love.\r\n3. Now tap on Match Settings...\r\n4. You will be asked if you want to change the camera settings to match the print. Tap Change and your camera will be set to use the same combination found in this print. \r\n\r\nAdmittedly, it would be nice to have a \"Favorite Combinations Folder\" or somewhere to organize presets - but in keeping with all of the other quirky features Hipstamatic has to offer, this set-up seems just about right. \r\n\r\nAs always, please share your favorite Hipstamatic prints with us in the comments below! \r\n\r\n  ','Hipstamatic How-To Guide Part 2','','inherit','open','open','','4566-revision-3','','','2011-08-06 12:59:31','2011-08-06 12:59:31','',4566,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4566-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(5026,16,'2011-09-02 10:51:23','2011-09-02 10:51:23','Did you know that every week we co-sponsor the Instagram FX Challenge with FX Photo Studio and Keepsy? No? Well now you do! What\'s the Instagram FX Challenge you ask? It\'s a weekly competition of the best photos uploaded to Instagram using the <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/app-reviews/fx-photo-studio-review-1.html\" title=\"Instagram FX Challenge\">FX Photo Studio app</a>. \r\n\r\nHow do you get involved? It\'s simple...\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Take or create a photo with FX Photo Studio </li>\r\n<li>Tag your photo with #insta_fx_challenge</li>\r\n<li>List the effects you use in your photo description</li>\r\n<li>Sign up to thebeginnerslens.com weekly snapshot</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] \r\n\r\nWhat do you get if you win? Awesome prizes.\r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>a little feature on this \'ere website</li>\r\n<li>a free photo album from KEEPSY</li>\r\n<li>iPhone & Mac apps from Macphun (creators of FX Photo Studio)</li>\r\n<li>iTunes Gift Card to buy more apps!</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\n\r\nThe competition runs from Friday to Friday on Instagram. Submit as many photos as you like. Good luck!! \r\n\r\nFor more info go to instagram and follow: \r\n@challenge_fx\r\n@thebeginnerslens\r\n\r\nFor now, we\'ll introduce the very first winner...Lybron Sobers. We\'ll be the first to say - we are really impressed with his photos! \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"281\"  alt=\"Instagram FX Challenge Winner Week 1\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/lybron1.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>1. Tell us a little bit about yourself. What do you love about iPhoneography?</h4>\r\n\r\nMy name is Lybron Sobers, and I am a 22 year old student living on the tiny island of Barbados in the Caribbean. I am also a private pilot and aspiring airline pilot. I usually shoot photographs with my girlfriend, and she has been the one to push me to try new things and to really put lots of effort into what I am doing.\r\n\r\nI first got into photography about 4 years ago - mainly taking aerial shots during my flight training. Over time, I developed a passion for photographing the special moments of everyday life and a great appreciation for what\'s happening around me. I used a digital point-and-shoot camera up until I bought my first iPhone in June 2011, so I do not have much of a history as an iPhoneographer. What I love most about my iPhone is the mobility and the ability to capture moments as they happen.\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"500\" height=\"373\"  alt=\"Instagram FX Challenge Winner Week 1\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/lybron2.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\n<h4>2. What\'s your top tip for other iPhoneographers?</h4>\r\n\r\nExperiment. I am by no means an expert photographer but my number one tip to any iPhoneographer is simply to experiment - take multiple shots of the subject from different angles, take photos of things other than your primary interests, and observe other photographers\' style and see how it can be incorporated into your own.\r\n\r\n<h4>3. Share with us the \"recipe\" you used for the winning photograph.</h4>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"306\" height=\"306\"  alt=\"Instagram FX Challenge Winner Week 1\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Lybron.jpg\"  ]<p>&nbsp;</p><center>Lybron\'s Winning Photo</center><p>&nbsp;</p>\r\n\r\nIt\'s hard to say actually, it all just came naturally! For the winning photo, my main goal was to create a sense of speed. Beyond the horizontal motion blur, I applied the rainbow palette because nothing travels faster than the speed of light and I felt traveling across the color spectrum would evoke that feeling of speeding. Finally, I used the masking tool to invert the image colors of the subject because I needed it to stand out from the rest of the photo.\r\n\r\nYou can check out more of Lybron\'s Instagram photos @lybron\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"299\" height=\"400\"  alt=\"Instagram FX Challenge Winner Week 1\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/lybron3.jpg\"  ]','Instagram FX Challenge - Week 1 Winner','','publish','open','open','','instagram-fx-challenge-week-1','','','2011-09-02 10:51:23','2011-09-02 10:51:23','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=5026',0,'post','',2),(4568,14,'2011-08-19 08:00:20','2011-08-19 08:00:20','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera.png\"><img title=\"TopCamera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Top Camera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera-Logo.png\" alt=\"Top Camera App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nTOP CAMERA app for iPhone is a complete, one-stop shop for all your iPhoneography needs. It brings a lot to the table and is capable of shooting, editing, and sharing photos in-app, doing them all so well that you might be left to wonder why you need all those other apps... </td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Lucky Clan</li>\r\n<li>Full-featured camera app</li>\r\n<li>Packed with lots of editing options including 36 photo filters</li>\r\n<li>Organize and store photos effectively through Folder Manager</li>\r\n<li>Share images through Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr</li>\r\n<li>Export photos to photo library, email, and clipboard</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$0.99 (introductory price)</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Slick and professional-looking interface</li>\r\n<li>Intuitive</li>\r\n<li>Camera app is highly versatile</li>\r\n<li>Top of the line editing features</li>\r\n<li>Organizing photos is not a problem at all</li>\r\n<li>Several sharing options</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>No means yet to compare edited photo to the original version</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nTOP CAMERA is for anyone looking for a solid app that can cover shooting, editing, and sharing both swiftly and easily. TOP CAMERA app is great for beginners as it\'s easy to use and not at all intimidating; pros will certainly love the impressive feature set.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]TOP CAMERA is chock full of features iPhoneographers are looking for in a camera replacement app, you might just be tempted to give up all your other camera replacement apps for this one. Yes, it\'s that good. [/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nIn many aspects, TOP CAMERA is definitely ahead of the pack. What makes it so much better than its competitors? It has tons of practical features, and just generally makes iPhoneography much easier. It\'s as if the developers just picked every useful feature of the (many) camera replacement apps out there, threw in some additional functions and effects and rolled out the TOP CAMERA app. \r\n\r\nThe built-in camera delivers in almost every aspect and completely squashes the iPhone native camera app. The best shooting features include: Image stabilizer, timer, zoom, burst mode, auto white balance, exposure and focus box, virtual horizon, whole-screen button options, and much much more. There’s also a bonus HDR function which is similar to dedicated HDR photo apps such as ProHDR. We are particularly impressed with the slow shutter mode of this app, it\'s great for night photography and flowing water, and we are simply astounded with the outputs. \r\n\r\nWhen it comes to editing, TOP CAMERA does not disappoint. There is just a plethora of editing options. You can crop in free mode, rotate, and flip photos. You can also enhance pretty much every aspect of your photos including saturation, contrast, shadows, and tones. And if that\'s not enough, there are many imaginative filter effects and borders available to boost the photo. \r\n\r\nTOP CAMERA also offers the most convenient way to organize and store your photos through its Folder Manager feature – something most other camera replacement apps out there do not feature. Sharing is also a breeze through Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr or you can choose to export it to photo library and clipboard. The recent upgrade incorporated Dropbox support as well.\r\n\r\nFrom shooting, editing, and sharing photos, TOP CAMERA is truly at the TOP of the game (pun intended). This is like buying (at least) 4 apps-in-one! Highly recommended! \r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Top Camera App 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>','Top Camera App For iPhone – A True Powerhouse','','publish','open','open','','top-camera-app-for-iphone-a-true-powerhouse','','','2011-08-30 12:25:20','2011-08-30 12:25:20','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=4568',0,'post','',0),(4569,14,'2011-08-06 12:39:56','2011-08-06 12:39:56','','TopCamera','','inherit','open','open','','topcamera','','','2011-08-06 12:39:56','2011-08-06 12:39:56','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4570,14,'2011-08-06 12:40:07','2011-08-06 12:40:07','','TopCamera-Logo','','inherit','open','open','','topcamera-logo','','','2011-08-06 12:40:07','2011-08-06 12:40:07','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera-Logo.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4571,14,'2011-08-06 12:47:50','2011-08-06 12:47:50','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera.png\"><img title=\"TopCamera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"Top Camera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera-Logo.png\" alt=\"Top Camera App Logo\" />\n\nPERFECT PHOTO app, brought to you by the same developer who crafted the fantastic FX Photo Studio, is a user-friendly app that offers a convenient way to touch up images taken with an iPhone. With a selection of basic editing tools and some fun filters this reasonably priced app is great for beginners!</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n•	Developed by Lucky Clan\n•	Full-featured camera app\n•	Packed with many editing options including 36 photo filters\n•	Organize and store photos effectively through Folder Manager\n•	Share images over at Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr\n•	Export photos to photo library, email, and clipboard\n•	Costs US$0.99 (introductory price)\n\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n•	Slick and professional-looking interface\n•	Intuitive to use\n•	Camera app is highly versatile\n•	Top of the line editing features\n•	Organizing photos is not a problem at all\n•	Lots of available sharing options\n\n\n\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Previewing changes is quite slow</li>\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\n\nTOP CAMERA is for anyone who does not need a bunch of photo apps but just one solid app that can do it all easily and swiftly. Beginners won’t feel intimidated because it’s easy to use; pros will certainly love the impressive feature set.\n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]TOP CAMERA is full of with features most iPhoneographers are looking for in a camera replacement app and thus may lure many into getting rid of other photo apps. That’s how good this app is.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nTOP CAMERA appears to be ahead of the pack. It is so much better than its competitors: it has too many practical features to offer and makes the lives of iPhoneographers so much better. It is as if the developers pick the very useful features of other apps, threw in some excellent functions, and then rolled it into one great app. \n\nThe built-in camera of this app delivers on almost all departments and largely dwarfs the native camera app of the iPhone. Most-wanted features are proudly present: Image stabilizer, timer, zoom, burst mode, auto white balance, exposure and focus box, virtual horizon, whole-screen button options, and a lot more. There’s a bonus HDR function which is similar to dedicated HDR photo apps like ProHDR.  \n\nThe slow shutter mode of this app will surely impress many iPhoneographers. It produces precise results and with subjects like fireworks and flowing water, we know that the outputs will be simple astounding.\n\nWhen it comes to editing tools, TOP CAMERA does not disappoint; in fact, it truly shines in this aspect. There is just a plethora of editing options. You can crop in free mode, rotate, and flip photos. You can pretty much enhance photos in every possible element such as saturation, contrast, shadows, and tones. To prime up your photo for sharing, there are many imaginative filter effects and borders you can use. \n\nTOP CAMERA also offers the most convenient way on how to organize and store your photos through its Folder Manager feature – a feature most apps out there lack. Sharing is also a breeze as you have the option to share photos to Facebook, Twitter, or Flickr or you can choose to export it to photo library and clipboard. The recent upgrade incorporated Dropbox support as well.\n\nFrom shooting, editing, and sharing photos, TOP CAMERA is at the top of the game (no pun intended). Getting this app will feel like you are purchasing 3-4 apps. Certainly a highly recommended app.\n\n\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Top Camera App 5 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.tipb.com/2010/12/01/perfect-photo-iphone-brings-red-eye-removal-spot-healing/\">TipB</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“You can say goodbye devilish red eyes and blemishes with Perfect Photo 2.0 for iPhone…Perfect photo has recently become my favorite photo editing application.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/perfect-photo-review/#ixzz1UAayqPnu\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148Apps</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Its success stems from something quite obvious – it offers exactly what you want without throwing in countless filters that, while fun, are ultimately frivolous. For those people who want to simply take photos and edit them on the move through the same app, this is ideal.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2010/11/sneak-preview-fantastic-update-coming-perfect-photo-grab-price-increase\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Perfect Photo is already a good multi-tool photo editing app. But the update coming next week will make it a must-own app, whether you’re a novice or an experienced iPhoneographer.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','Top Camera – A Powerhouse in The Photo App Game','','inherit','open','open','','4568-revision','','','2011-08-06 12:47:50','2011-08-06 12:47:50','',4568,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4568-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(4572,14,'2011-08-06 12:48:36','2011-08-06 12:48:36','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera.png\"><img title=\"TopCamera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Top Camera\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Top Camera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/TopCamera-Logo.png\" alt=\"Top Camera App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPERFECT PHOTO app, brought to you by the same developer who crafted the fantastic FX Photo Studio, is a user-friendly app that offers a convenient way to touch up images taken with an iPhone. With a selection of basic editing tools and some fun filters this reasonably priced app is great for beginners!</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n•	Developed by Lucky Clan\r\n•	Full-featured camera app\r\n•	Packed with many editing options including 36 photo filters\r\n•	Organize and store photos effectively through Folder Manager\r\n•	Share images over at Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr\r\n•	Export photos to photo library, email, and clipboard\r\n•	Costs US$0.99 (introductory price)\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n•	Slick and professional-looking interface\r\n•	Intuitive to use\r\n•	Camera app is highly versatile\r\n•	Top of the line editing features\r\n•	Organizing photos is not a problem at all\r\n•	Lots of available sharing options\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Previewing changes is quite slow</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nTOP CAMERA is for anyone who does not need a bunch of photo apps but just one solid app that can do it all easily and swiftly. Beginners won’t feel intimidated because it’s easy to use; pros will certainly love the impressive feature set.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]TOP CAMERA is full of features most iPhoneographers are looking for in a camera replacement app and thus may lure many into getting rid of other photo apps. That’s how good this Top Camera is.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nTOP CAMERA appears to be ahead of the pack. It is so much better than its competitors: it has too many practical features to offer and makes the lives of iPhoneographers so much better. It is as if the developers pick the very useful features of other apps, threw in some excellent functions, and then rolled it into one great app. \r\n\r\nThe built-in camera of this app delivers on almost all departments and largely dwarfs the native camera app of the iPhone. Most-wanted features are proudly present: Image stabilizer, timer, zoom, burst mode, auto white balance, exposure and focus box, virtual horizon, whole-screen button options, and a lot more. There’s a bonus HDR function which is similar to dedicated HDR photo apps like ProHDR.  \r\n\r\nThe slow shutter mode of this app will surely impress many iPhoneographers. It produces precise results and with subjects like fireworks and flowing water, we know that the outputs will be simple astounding.\r\n\r\nWhen it comes to editing tools, TOP CAMERA does not disappoint; in fact, it truly shines in this aspect. There is just a plethora of editing options. You can crop in free mode, rotate, and flip photos. You can pretty much enhance photos in every possible element such as saturation, contrast, shadows, and tones. To prime up your photo for sharing, there are many imaginative filter effects and borders you can use. \r\n\r\nTOP CAMERA also offers the most convenient way on how to organize and store your photos through its Folder Manager feature – a feature most apps out there lack. Sharing is also a breeze as you have the option to share photos to Facebook, Twitter, or Flickr or you can choose to export it to photo library and clipboard. The recent upgrade incorporated Dropbox support as well.\r\n\r\nFrom shooting, editing, and sharing photos, TOP CAMERA is at the top of the game (no pun intended). Getting this app will feel like you are purchasing 3-4 apps. Certainly a highly recommended app.\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"5 Flash Rating for Top Camera App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Top Camera App 5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.tipb.com/2010/12/01/perfect-photo-iphone-brings-red-eye-removal-spot-healing/\">TipB</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“You can say goodbye devilish red eyes and blemishes with Perfect Photo 2.0 for iPhone…Perfect photo has recently become my favorite photo editing application.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/perfect-photo-review/#ixzz1UAayqPnu\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148Apps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Its success stems from something quite obvious – it offers exactly what you want without throwing in countless filters that, while fun, are ultimately frivolous. For those people who want to simply take photos and edit them on the move through the same app, this is ideal.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2010/11/sneak-preview-fantastic-update-coming-perfect-photo-grab-price-increase\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Perfect Photo is already a good multi-tool photo editing app. But the update coming next week will make it a must-own app, whether you’re a novice or an experienced iPhoneographer.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Top Camera – A Powerhouse in The Photo App Game','','inherit','open','open','','4568-revision-2','','','2011-08-06 12:48:36','2011-08-06 12:48:36','',4568,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4568-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(4573,16,'2011-08-06 12:49:38','2011-08-06 12:49:38','We\'re back with the second part of our Hipstamatic how-to guide. Yesterday we showed you through the <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/hipstamatic-guide-part-1.html\" title=\"Hipstamatic How-To Guide Part 1\">Hipstamatic interface</a>, and today we\'re taking things to the next level learning how to work with photo stacks, sharing your photos, ordering Hipstapriand saving your favorite combinations. \n\nLet\'s take a closer look at the Hipstamatic Stacks: \n\nStacks are a group of photos from your Hipstamatic print gallery, that are grouped together in an album (or a stack). Once grouped you can share your stacks through Facebook, Twitter, Tumblr, Flickr and through Email. \n\nTo create a stack: \n1. Tap on the print gallery button on the camera back. \n2. Now tap on the Stacks button. \n\n\n3. To create a new stack tap the + button. \n4. Select the prints you would like to include in the stack by tapping on them. A check mark will appear in the corner of the selected photos. Now tap New Stack in the top right corner. \n5. Type in a name for your stack. Tap DONE, and it will be created. Return to the Stacks screen. \n6. Once you\'ve created more than one stack, you can view your stacks by swiping to the left and right in the Stacks screen. \n\nTo share your stack open it up and tap the Share button in the bottom left corner of the screen and choose the platform through which you would like to share. If this is the first time you are sharing through Hipstamatic, you will need to set up your sharing accounts and you will be prompted to do so. \n\nWith your stack open, you may notice a small icon that looks like a present at the bottom of the screen. Tap on this icon to be taken to the Hipstamart Print Lab where you can order real 4\", 7\", 10\", and 30\" prints of your Hipstamatic photos. If you think you may want to order large prints from your Hipstamatic photos, be sure to save all of your images at the highest resolution possible. \n\nYou can also add your stack to your Family Album. The Family Album is another sharing platform for your Hipstaprints whereby you can invite friends and family to create a collective album, or you can choose photos from the Hipstamatic Family Album collective to create your own albums. To share your stack to the Family Album you will need to first set up your Family Album account. To do so tap on the Family Album icon in the bottom of the print gallery, enter your details and create your account. \n\nIf you want to create your own Family album tap the + button in the top right of the Family Album home screen. There are three types of Family Albums you can create they are: Magic Album, Shared Album, or Photo Album. \n\nThe Magic Album is a way to view Hipstamatic prints that are being uploaded to the shared Family Album by location and date. With the Magic Album you can enter a date and location and add photos that you love to that album. \n\nA Shared Album is an album that you set up, sending invitations to friends and family who are also using Hipstamatic. Your invitees can contribute their favorite photos to the album - this is a great one for family functions such as birthday parties or special vacations. \n\nFinally, a Photo Album is one that you create of your favorite photos, with no other contributors. \n\nTry out the Hipstamatic Family Album for yourself and get access to a whole world of Hipstamatic prints! \n\n  ','Hipstamatic How-To Guide Part 2','','inherit','open','open','','4566-revision','','','2011-08-06 12:49:38','2011-08-06 12:49:38','',4566,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4566-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(4359,14,'2011-08-02 11:45:50','2011-08-02 11:45:50','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic.jpg\"><img title=\"Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic.jpg\" width=\"470\" height=\"314\" alt=\"Hipstamatic\"></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic-Logo.jpg\" alt=\"Hipstamatic App Logo\" />\n\nPhoto Transfer app allows you to share photos and videos between iPhone, iPad, iPod Touch, or computer devices via wifi in a speedy fashion. The even greater news? There’s no need for cables or extra software!</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by ERCLab</li>\n<li>Downloads multiple photos from an iPhone to a computer</li>\n<li>Transfers photos in full resolution</li>\n<li>Preserves photo metadata in all transfer directions</li>\n<li>Works with other iDevices such as iPad and iPod Touch</li>\n<li>Compatible with computers running Windows, Mac and Linux </li>\n<li>Costs US$2.99</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Simple interface</li>\n<li>Extremely fast photo transfer ability</li>\n<li>Easy to use</li>\n<li>Download photos as ZIP file</li>\n<li>No cables/additional software needed</li>\n<li>Can upload/download multiple photos simultaneously</li>\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Can’t browse through a whole album at a time</li>\n<li>Shared photos cannot be separated into albums for better organization\n</li>\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\n\nPHOTO TRANSFER APP is for anyone whose go-to camera is an iPhone and is looking for the fastest way to share and transfer photos. \n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]HIPSTAMATIC did not make the crossing over of analogue cameras to its digital counterpart through the iPhone just a reality… it is a success![/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nThere are lots of apps out there that are similar to HIPSTAMATIC but what sets it apart from others is its ability to let the users feel that they are not holding an iPhone but an old plastic camera. The classic black styling of the camera, buttons, and all the nitty-gritty aspects were brilliantly planned and executed. The icing of the cake? The stunning vintage photos which you can really be proud of sharing to your family and friends!\n\nJust a few drawbacks though. Some may feel that the app isn’t very intuitive to use perhaps because of its attempt to simulate an old camera, which also takes time to get used to. The viewfinder is also small, thus making it a bit difficult to compose a shot. Moreover, the app does not process those shots taken using another app. \n\nBut maybe, that’s the whole point of this app. You experience the fun as well as the challenge of using vintage cameras in a stylized iPhone camera. Considering how enjoyable to use this app is and how impressive the processed photos are, we would be more than willing to take the good with the bad. HIPSTAMATIC definitely comes highly recommended!\n\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Photo Transfer App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Hipstamatic 4.5 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2010/4/7/new-iphone-photo-app-photo-transfer-app.html\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This is a great app that works exactly as described.  In my tests I transferred photos from one iPhone to another, from iPhone to MacBook, and most impressively from MacBook back to iPhone, and all at full-res!!”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.whatsoniphone.com/reviews/photo-transfer-app-review\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">WhatsOniPhone</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Would I Buy Again: Yes...sending pictures between iDevices tends to be something I do a lot. Anything that makes it easier is good in my book! I have a feeling that I\'ll be using this app a lot. It make sharing pictures much easier.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://bestapps.me/2010/photo-transfer-app-iphone-app-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">BestApps</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“If you want to take your phone to the next level and make it even more easy to use between different devices, get this app to help you move pictures from device to device.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','Photo Transfer App - Download And Transfer Photos To And From Your iPhone In A Flash','','inherit','open','open','','4357-revision-2','','','2011-08-02 11:45:50','2011-08-02 11:45:50','',4357,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4357-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(3946,16,'2011-07-19 08:01:28','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','Everyones talking about #google+ if you\'re thinking of migrating, read this to make moving your photos a cinch! http://tinyurl.com/3scbgt6','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-07-19 08:01:28','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=3946',0,'tweet','',0),(3322,14,'2011-06-13 08:40:48','2011-06-13 08:40:48','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><p><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/Picnik.png\"><img title=\"Picnik\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/Picnik.png\" alt=\"picnik-webware\" width=\"300\" height=\"225\" /></a></p></td>\r\n\r\n\r\n<td><p>PICNIK is a free online image editing program currently managed by Internet giant Google. It works as a stand-alone website and is also integrated into Google\'s Picasa software, among other popular online photo storage websites. It is not as powerful as professional photo editing software like Photoshop but it offers a wide variety of tools that can easily satisfy the needs of most people. </p>\r\n\r\n<p>Many of PICNIK\'s benefits come from it\'s seamless integration with social networking and photo-sharing sites such as Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, Picasa, and Photobucket, among others. \r\n</p>\r\n\r\n</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\n\r\n<p>Let\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.</p>\r\n\r\n[tabswrap] \r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"]  Overview  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"]  Cheers  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"]  Jeers  [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"]  Who is it for?  [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"]  The Verdict  [/tabhead_last]  [tab id=\"1\"]  [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Run by Google</li>\r\n<li>Free web-based photo editing tools</li>\r\n<li>Subscription service for those who want to have additional and more advanced editing tools</li>\r\n<li>Can easily share photos to friends via social networking sites</li>\r\n<li>Extensions for major Internet browsers</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>No sign up required</li>\r\n<li>Free</li>\r\n<li>Very easy to use</li>\r\n<li>Lots of basic photo manipulation tools available</li>\r\n<li>Can be easily integrated with other photosharing sites and social networks  </li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"]  [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>May be too overly basic for average and pro users</li>\r\n<li>Advanced editing tools are only available in subscription service</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]  [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]  \r\n<strong>√  Proud beginner\r\n Amateur hobbyist</strong>\r\n Advanced users\r\n Professional editors\r\n\r\nPICNIK is a perfect fit for the people who normally do quick fixes to their photos.[/tab]\r\n\r\n[tab id=\"5\"]We know PICNIK is not in the same league as Photoshop but for most casual photographers wanting basic edits, this online photo editing tool will get the job done quickly and easily, without the need to learn a complicated software.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n<p><strong>User interface: Simple, attractive, and engaging</strong></p>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<p>Arguably, PICNIK sports the most eye-catching and user-friendly interface among all the basic online photo editing tools. A Flash-based editing system, PICNIK is designed to fill the screen with the photo being edited at the bottom, with large menu buttons at the top. The design and menu layout is incredibly simple – enough so that even your photo-editing grandma could use it. </p>\r\n\r\n<p>As one user over at <a href=\"http://download.cnet.com/Picnik/3640-13455_4-10650265.html?tag=contentBody;userReviews\">cNet</a> shared, \"As a small business owner, I do quite a bit of editing for my marketing materials, and images for my website. PICNIK\'s online editing interface truly makes it super easy to edit these items whenever I need to.\"</p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<p><br class=\"spacer_\" /></p>\r\n\r\n<p><strong>Ease of use: ”Flexible, playful”</strong></p>\r\n\r\n<hr size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<p>True to its tagline, PICNIK makes the interface attractive so its users will enjoy tweaking their photos rather than figuring and navigating around the site. <a href=\"http://online-image-editing-review.toptenreviews.com/picnik-review.html\">TopTenReviews</a> was right on the sport when it said that “PICNIK is designed with flexibility and playfulness in mind”, it also “takes a very loose, relaxed approach to image and photo editing.” </p>\r\n\r\n<p>Indeed, it does. Users don\'t even have to register to be able to edit photos. Just click on the Upload button to upload a photo and in less than a second (yes, it’s that fast!), you will be taken into the editing screen where you get to edit, improve, and transform your chosen picture. </p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<p><br class=\"spacer_\" /></p>\r\n\r\n<p><strong>Editing performance: Standard tools for quick editing</strong></p>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<p>PICNIK is perfectly suited for basic photo manipulation purposes where users can rotate, crop, resize, and sharpen photos. Adjustments can also be made to the exposure, highlights, color, brightness, and contrast of the photos. PICNIK also offers the ability to add text and borders to photos and create montages. Each editing feature has several control options, allowing the user ultimate creativity while editing their photos. As previously mentioned, these basic functions are perfect for polishing and improving photos in several ways. </p>\r\n\r\n<p>If you are looking for more, PICNIK does offer advanced editing features, for a nominal fee. You have to shell out around US $2.08 per month ($24.95 a year) to enjoy more effects and advanced editing tools. </p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<p><br class=\"spacer_\" /></p>\r\n\r\n<p><strong>Sharing: Integrated with major social networking sites</strong></p>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<p>Done editing the photo? Then save it your computer or easily share it onto your preferred sites (Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, Picasa, etc.) with no hassle. Edited photos will  be displayed instantly. </p>\r\n\r\n<p>Moreover, PICNIK’s integration with social networking and online photo-sharing sites is perhaps one of the main reasons why it is the most popular online photo editing system today. With it you get the luxury of tweaking your favorite vacation photos from your many social networking accounts, without having to rely on pictures saved in your computer, saving you space and time! This feature is really appealing to the everyday and casual photographer allowing them to bypass more advanced editing tools like Adobe Photoshop which require manual upload it to social networking sites. </p>\r\n\r\n<p><br class=\"spacer_\" /></p>\r\n\r\n<p><strong>Tools of the trade: Extensions for major Internet browsers Firefox, Safari and Internet Explorer</strong></p>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<p>Editing photos from social networking sites like Facebook and Flickr is easy, but life can be made a whole lot easier by installing the PICNIK extension for your Internet browser (Internet Explorer, Firefox, or Chrome). Once installed, the edit in PICNIK menu will appear when you right click on any image on any website. This will enable you to load that image into the PICNIK website with just a few clicks so you can enhance it and share it, it\'s so simple! </p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<p><br class=\"spacer_\" /></p>\r\n\r\n<p><strong>The Verdict (Extended version)</strong></p>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<p>PICNIK is a beginner-friendly software that will happily meet and satisfy the needs of most users. Best of all, it’s free and nothing needs to be installed onto your computer!</p>\r\n\r\n<p>For those that want to spice up their photos that little bit more, spending US $24.95 a year is definitely easier on the budget than shelling out a thousand bucks for more advanced photo software.</p> \r\n\r\n<p><br class=\"spacer_\" /></p>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n<p><strong>Review Digest</strong></p>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<p><br class=\"spacer_\" /></p>\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\" href=\"http://online-image-editing-review.toptenreviews.com/picnik-review.html\">TopTenReviews.com</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“PICNIK manages to strike an incredible balance between playful and professional, giving users a variety of tools to edit, improve, personalize and transform photos and images. Though its bandwidth heavy, multi-tab navigation interface might take a back seat to Pixlr, it seems to have found a niche in the midst of photosharing and social-networking sites, embodying the fun, personal and social nature of these sites.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\" href=\"http://freeimage-editing-applications.reviews.r-tt.com/\">FreeImage-Editing-Applications</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Instead of giving users full control over their image manipulations, as Gimp does PICNIK provides the user with a list of options. With a host of auto-fix options, PICNIK would be ideal for the user who simply wants their pictures to look better without needing to drive the controls too much.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\" href=\"http://www.appappeal.com/app/picnik/\">AppAppeal</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“PICNIK is an excellent, powerful application if you need to edit your photos quickly and you don\'t own any expensive photo editing software. It is highly recommended.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','PICNIK: Photo Editing Made Easy','','publish','open','open','','picnik-photo-editing-made-easy','','','2011-09-26 07:54:05','2011-09-26 07:54:05','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=3322',0,'post','',0),(4565,16,'2011-08-06 11:20:21','2011-08-06 11:20:21','As your photography hobby gains speed you’re likely to come across several photography myths that make it seem as if getting great photos is some kind of unknown “secret” art. While you are learning the craft, it’s important to be sure that you don’t get sucked into the myths that will only leave you feeling discouraged. We’re setting the record straight for you here and now on the myths and truths of digital photography. \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 1: You’ll get better results with better equipment.</h3> \r\n\r\nTruth: While every camera has it’s limitations, and some higher end equipment may physically produce better results, it’s important to remember that better (more expensive) equipment doesn’t mean you’ll automatically start getting better photos. You’ve probably heard time and time again “It’s the photographer, not the camera”, and we’ll say it here, loud and clear. It is the photographer, not the camera.\r\n\r\nThere’s no better example of this than the recent movement towards iPhoneography – millions of people are trading in their more advanced point & shoot cameras for the iPhone, even with it’s lower megapixel count and teeny tiny sensor. If that’s not proof enough, take into consideration that even the most advanced DSLR still can’t tell you what shutter speed to use when shooting action shots. An expensive camera won’t teach you how to become a photographer, it is merely a tool to assist you in getting better quality photos to share your perspective as a photographer. Ultimately, you need to teach yourself to become a better photographer and that’s that. \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 2: A formal photography education will make you a “pro”.</h3> \r\n\r\nTruth: You might be thinking the only way to take your photography hobby to the next level is to go and get a formal education to “prove you’re serious”. Although a formal education may make learning some of the difficult photographic concepts a bit easier, it should be said that many, many professional photographers are self-taught. At the end of the day, it’s your drive, your willingness to learn, and your work ethic that will make you a successful photographer – whether photography remains your hobby or becomes your profession.  \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 3: There’s nothing around me worthy of a photograph.</h3> \r\n\r\nTruth: We can debunk this myth in a matter of a short sentence; there is something within arms length of you right now that is worth of a photograph. Fact. \r\n\r\nCreating a beautiful photo is a matter of perspective, and not always a matter of the subject. Capturing a beautiful image is often about taking something ordinary, or even something you see every day, and using your skill as a photographer to turn it into something spectacular using the techniques in your repertoire. \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 4: There is a right way to do things, and a wrong way. </h3>\r\n\r\nTruth: When it comes to photography, there’s about a million ways to get a beautiful shot, and just because something is perfectly exposed or in perfect focus doesn’t mean it’s right. What is beautiful is a matter of personal preference; it’s subjective to the photographer and the person viewing the photo. While it’s true that the whole idea of photography is to create a “perfect balance” between exposure, shutter speed, ISO and somehow combine that with composition, focus, and all of the other elements that make a great photo what’s really important is highlighting what is beautiful to you. \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 5: I will never be as good as [enter pro photographers name here].</h3> \r\n\r\nTruth: You will be as good of a photographer as you want to be. You must be persistent and take lots, and we mean lots and lots of shots. Practice, practice, and more practice. And then practice a little bit more. Work hard to emulate the photographers that you respect and admire. Take the time to analyze their photographs and understand what makes their photos stand out above the rest. Just be sure that as you make comparisons between your shots and theirs that you also work to develop your own style of photography, as it’s your style that will make you stand out above the rest. \r\n','Debunking Photography Myths','','inherit','open','open','','4552-revision-5','','','2011-08-06 11:20:21','2011-08-06 11:20:21','',4552,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4552-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(4566,16,'2011-08-23 08:00:32','2011-08-23 08:00:32','We\'re back with the second part of our Hipstamatic how-to guide. Yesterday we showed you through the <a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/iphone-photography/hipstamatic-guide-part-1.html\" title=\"Hipstamatic How-To Guide Part 1\">Hipstamatic interface</a>, and today we\'re taking things to the next level! This Hipstamatic guide will show you how to work with photo stacks, sharing your photos, ordering Hipstaprints and using your favorite combinations. \r\n\r\nLet\'s take a closer look at the Hipstamatic Stacks: \r\n\r\nStacks are a group of photos from your Hipstamatic print gallery, that are grouped together in an album (or a stack). Once grouped you can share your stacks through Facebook, Twitter, Tumblr, Flickr and through Email. \r\n\r\n<strong>To create a stack: </strong>\r\n1. Tap on the print gallery button on the camera back. \r\n2. Now tap on the Stacks button. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip1.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n3. To create a new stack tap the + button. \r\n4. Select the prints you would like to include in the stack by tapping on them. A check mark will appear in the corner of the selected photos. Now tap New Stack in the top right corner. \r\n5. Type in a name for your stack. Tap DONE, and it will be created. Return to the Stacks screen. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip4.png\"  ]<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n6. Once you\'ve created more than one stack, you can view your stacks by swiping to the left and right in the Stacks screen. \r\n7. To share your stack open it up and tap the Share button in the bottom left corner of the screen and choose the platform through which you would like to share. If this is the first time you are sharing through Hipstamatic, you will need to set up your sharing accounts and you will be prompted to do so. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip2.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nWith your stack open, you may notice a small icon that looks like a present at the bottom of the screen. Tap on this icon to be taken to the Hipstamart Print Lab where you can order real 4\", 7\", 10\", and 30\" prints of your Hipstamatic photos. If you think you may want to order large prints from your Hipstamatic photos, be sure to save all of your images at the highest resolution possible. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip3.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nYou can also add your stack to your Family Album. The Family Album is another sharing platform for your Hipstaprints whereby you can invite friends and family to create a collective album, or you can choose photos from the Hipstamatic Family Album collective to create your own albums. To share your stack to the Family Album you will need to first set up your Family Album account. To do so tap on the Family Album icon in the bottom of the print gallery, enter your details and create your account. \r\n\r\nIf you want to create your own Family album tap the + button in the top right of the Family Album home screen. There are three types of Family Albums you can create they are: Magic Album, Shared Album, or Photo Album. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip5.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nThe Magic Album is a way to view Hipstamatic prints that are being uploaded to the shared Family Album by location and date. With the Magic Album you can enter a date and location and add photos that you love to that album. \r\n\r\nA Shared Album is an album that you set up, sending invitations to friends and family who are also using Hipstamatic. Your invitees can contribute their favorite photos to the album - this is a great one for family functions such as birthday parties or special vacations. \r\n\r\nLastly, a Photo Album is one that you create of your favorite photos, with no other contributors. Try out the Hipstamatic Family Album for yourself and get access to a whole world of Hipstamatic prints! \r\n\r\nThere\'s a lot of fun to be had when experimenting with Hipstamatic\'s seemingly infinite lens / flash / film combinations but as you shoot you may come across a few combinations that really blow your hair back, float your boat, rock your world, etc. So it\'s important to know how to set your camera to shoot using your favorite combinations: \r\n\r\n1. From the camera back, tap on the View Prints button to go into the print gallery. \r\n2. Tap on the print that features the settings that you love.\r\n3. Now tap on Match Settings...\r\n4. You will be asked if you want to change the camera settings to match the print. Tap Change and your camera will be set to use the same combination found in this print. \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"350\" height=\"233\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Stacks \" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/hip6.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\nAdmittedly, it would be nice to have a \"Favorite Combinations Folder\" or somewhere to organize presets - but in keeping with all of the other quirky features Hipstamatic has to offer, this set-up seems just about right. \r\n\r\nSo there you have it, the complete Hipstamatic How-To Guide! Please feel free to share your Hipstamatic Tips & Tricks as well as your favorite Hipstamatic prints in the comments below! \r\n\r\n','Hipstamatic How-To Guide - Part 2','','publish','open','open','','hipstamatic-guide-part-2','','','2011-08-06 14:09:02','2011-08-06 14:09:02','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=4566',0,'post','',0),(3324,14,'2011-06-12 09:15:20','2011-06-12 09:15:20','','Picnik','','inherit','open','open','','picnik','','','2011-06-12 09:15:20','2011-06-12 09:15:20','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/06/Picnik.png',0,'attachment','image/png',0),(4563,16,'2011-08-06 12:00:12','2011-08-06 12:00:12','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PerfectPhoto.png\"><img title=\"PerfectPhoto\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PerfectPhoto.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Perfect Photo\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"ProHDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PerfectPhoto-Logo.png\" alt=\"PerfectPhoto App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPERFECT PHOTO app, brought to you by the same developer who crafted the fantastic FX Photo Studio, is a user-friendly app that offers a convenient way to touch up images taken with an iPhone. With a selection of basic editing tools and some fun filters this reasonably priced app is great for beginners!</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by MacPhun LLC</li>\r\n<li>Comes with Retina display support</li>\r\n<li>22 different editing tools and photo effects</li>\r\n<li>Red Eye Reduction and Spot Healing features</li>\r\n<li>Share photos to Flickr, Facebook, and Twitter</li>\r\n<li>Sharing files via Documents folder</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$0.99\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>New and improved user interface design</li>\r\n<li>Great results with very little fuss</li>\r\n<li>Fun filters</li>\r\n<li>Essential editing options get the job done</li>\r\n<li>Reliable image processing</li>\r\n<li>Many sharing and saving options</li>\r\n<li>Cheap</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Previewing changes is quite slow</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPERFECT PHOTO is for anyone who wants to simply edit iPhone photos on the move, but it is especially great for beginners who will love how easy-to-use this app is. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]If you’re looking for an iPhone app dedicated to quick fixes, PERFECT PHOTO is a strong candidate. When comparing price to features, it’s definitely got bang-for-your-buck.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nPERFECT PHOTO developers Macphun claim that the PERFECT PHOTO app is the “easiest way to improve your photos on iPhone” and… we are inclined to agree.\r\n\r\nPERFECT PHOTO took inspiration from several professional photo editing suites and brought it the iPhone in a simple, easy-to-use app. It offers editing options like crop, rotate, color balance, sharpen, and flip. You can also change the photo’s gamma and contrast. While tools are admittedly quite basic, they are handy and useful...a great example of \"it does what it says on the tin\". PERFECT PHOTO app also features red-eye removal and spot healing, added in the latest upgrade (PERFECT PHOTO 2.0). The red-eye removal works well, and the to fix spot healing is great for taking care of skin blemishes, and other small imperfections. What\'s even better is that the spot healing tool is really easy, no messing around with complicated tools - simply point the round cursor at the desired spot, adjust the size of the cursor by moving the slider located at the bottom, and tap Apply. Works like a charm! With the improved user interface that came from the upgrade, editing with PERFECT PHOTO is a breeze, and the interface is uncluttered and smooth.\r\n\r\nYou can also spice up your photos by adding filters, at this time there\'s a very small number of filters (just 6), but ultimately they are 6 good ones. Nothing fluffy or pointless just useful filters to enhance your photos. PERFECT PHOTO have also made sharing photos really easy through Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr, and Mail or you can save it to your Photo Album, Documents, or Clipboard.\r\n\r\nThe only minor shortcoming of this app is perhaps on the time it takes to preview your edits. It takes a few seconds (or more) to preview especially if you are viewing the preview in high quality. \r\n\r\nBut overall, if you are looking for a capable, convenient, affordable, and <em>simple</em> photo editing app on the iPhone, PERFECT PHOTO is a great way to go. At less than a buck, it will hardly break the bank. \r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Perfect Photo App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Perfect Photo App 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.tipb.com/2010/12/01/perfect-photo-iphone-brings-red-eye-removal-spot-healing/\">TipB</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“You can say goodbye devilish red eyes and blemishes with Perfect Photo 2.0 for iPhone…Perfect photo has recently become my favorite photo editing application.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/perfect-photo-review/#ixzz1UAayqPnu\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148Apps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Its success stems from something quite obvious – it offers exactly what you want without throwing in countless filters that, while fun, are ultimately frivolous. For those people who want to simply take photos and edit them on the move through the same app, this is ideal.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2010/11/sneak-preview-fantastic-update-coming-perfect-photo-grab-price-increase\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Perfect Photo is already a good multi-tool photo editing app. But the update coming next week will make it a must-own app, whether you’re a novice or an experienced iPhoneographer.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Perfect Photo App – Well-Rounded Simple Editing!','','inherit','open','open','','4538-revision-8','','','2011-08-06 12:00:12','2011-08-06 12:00:12','',4538,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4538-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(4564,16,'2011-07-28 11:51:15','2011-07-28 11:51:15','If you\'re a fan of the old school, surprisingly fun and quirky photos you can get with cheap plastic cameras then you might already know about Hipstamatic. Maybe you\'ve already downloaded the Hipstamatic app but you\'re looking for a quick Hipstamatic guide to learn the basics? Well, this post is for you! \r\n\r\nReleased in 2010, it has remained at the top of photography app charts ever since. With several built-in lenses, types of flash, and different films, there are literally hundreds of combinations that can be achieved. But what is really exciting about Hipstamatic is that each photo is unique, a little bit off-beat, and definitely quirky. Using the Hipstamatic app feels a little bit like photo roulette, you never know exactly what you\'re going to get, and the hope of something stunningly fantastic keeps iPhoneographers coming back to this app time and time again. What\'s even better is that you can shake your phone to randomize the lens / film / flash combo or you can select the combination yourself based on the photo you want to take. \r\n\r\n<h4>Let\'s take a quick look at the interface so you can get to know your way around the app: </h4>\r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"269\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Interface\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic1.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<h4>Let\'s start with the shake-it-up method:</h4>\r\n\r\n1. Open up the Hipstamatic app, and give your phone a good shake to generate your combination of lens, film, and flash. \r\n\r\n2. If you\'re using an iPhone 4, or you would like to use the Hipstamatic flash (it\'s not a real flash per se, but rather a simulated flash), slide the flash switch to the left. You\'ll see the Flash Ready light up in green when ready. \r\n\r\n3. Compose your photo in the viewfinder. Another quirk that comes along with the Hipstamatic app is the viewfinder is a little bit smaller than what you actually get in the resulting photo - all works towards the photo roulette factor! \r\n\r\n4. Tap the shutter button when you want to take your photo, and wait for it to develop. A green light will appear next to the View Prints button in the bottom left corner of the interface. \r\n\r\n5. To check out your prints, tap the View Prints button and you\'ll be taken straight into the photo gallery that looks a little something like this: \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"305\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Photo Album\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic3.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<h4>To see check out the photo in more detail and to see the lens, flash, and film used for that shot just tap on the image and it will open up in a new window:</h4> \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"305\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Photo Details\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/hipstamatic4.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\nOne of the best ways to take your creativity to the next level within Hipstamatic is to select your own combination of lens, film, and flash. Once you get to know what you like, its great fun to start experimenting with app to get different results based on your shooting situation. \r\n\r\nNow, keeping in mind that the lenses, film, and flash we’re talking about here are wholly imaginary, they are filters and actions applied in the app processing to affect your photos. Here’s a little bit more info on the actions: \r\n[list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Lenses essentially add a filter effect to your photo</li>\r\n<li>Some films add a border or frame to your photo while others add a filter effect</li>\r\n<li>Flash typically applies a burst of light or an overall color tone to your image</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list]\r\nYou can read more about the effects achieved from the lenses, film, and flashes in the Hipstamart, which is the in-app shop where you can expand your Hipstamatic “camera bag”. \r\n\r\nLet’s get familiar with the front of the Hipstamatic camera: \r\n\r\n[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"457\" height=\"269\"  alt=\"Hipstamatic Front of Camera\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/Hipstamatic2.png\"  ]\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<h4>To select your lens, flash and film simply:</h4> \r\n\r\n1.	Switch to the front of the Hipstamatic camera by using the curved arrow in the bottom right hand corner of the interface. \r\n\r\n2.	To choose your lens, swipe across your screen horizontally. Tap the lens to read more information on that particular lens (through the Hipstamart). \r\n\r\n3.	To choose your film, tap the small film icon. Flick vertically to scroll through the film options. Again, tap the film to view more information on that particular film.\r\n\r\n4.	Finally to choose your flash, tap the flash icon and swipe horizontally through the available options. As above, tap the flash for more info. \r\n\r\nAs you scroll through the lenses, film, and flash options you’ll notice that the stuff that’s already yours has a little sticker that says “mine”. You can purchase the other bits of “kit” to add to your Hipstamatic camera bag; if you see something you’d like to buy just tap on it and you’ll be taken through to the Hipstamart. \r\n\r\nThat concludes Part 1 of our <strong>Hipstamatic How-To Guides</strong>. Check back in a few days for Part 2, where we’ll show you how to share your photos, order prints, create stacks and boost your creativity even further!! \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n','Hipstamatic How-To Guide - Part 1','','inherit','open','open','','4218-revision-13','','','2011-07-28 11:51:15','2011-07-28 11:51:15','',4218,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4218-revision-13.html',0,'revision','',0),(4971,16,'2011-08-06 14:11:39','2011-08-06 14:11:39','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/ProHDR.png\"><img title=\"ProHDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/ProHDR.png\" width=\"466\" height=\"340\" alt=\"Pro HDR\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"ProHDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/ProHDR-Logo.png\" alt=\"ProHDR App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPRO HDR proudly brings high dynamic range (HDR) photography right to your fingertips...anytime, anywhere. No need to painstakingly shoot multiple photos, transfer them to the computer, manually align and tonemap them - do it all on your iPhone.</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by eyeApps LLC</li>\r\n<li>Automatic and Manual HDR modes</li>\r\n<li>Quickly aligns full-size photos</li>\r\n<li>Photo Library support</li>\r\n<li>Save images at 3 or 5 megapixels</li>\r\n<li>Share HDR outputs through email</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Clean and easy-to-navigate interface</li>\r\n<li>Option to shoot single HDR photo or multiple shots to be combined into one HDR photo</li>\r\n<li>Customizable exposure settings</li>\r\n<li>Alignment is very good</li>\r\n<li>Accessible tutorial on HDR</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<liShooting and processing time is a tad slow</li>\r\n<liNot integrated to social media sites like Facebook and Twitter</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPRO HDR is for anyone who wants to try out HDR photography on the iPhone! Whether you’re a beginner or a pro, this app is a must-have as it vastly improves the quality of your shots, even those taken in low-light. Advanced users may still prefer to process HDR photos using Adobe Photoshop for more flexibility but if you’re into HDR on-the-move, this app will surely come in handy. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]Arguably, PRO HDR is by far the most intelligent and flexible HDR photo app in the market today.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nPRO HDR has hit the nail on the head when it comes to what users really want from an app - something that offers several options for different shooting circumstances while delivering good results.\r\n\r\nWith PRO HDR, iPhoneographers have two shooting options: Automatic HDR and Manual HDR. If you\'re in a hurry or want to avoid taking multiple shots, just choose Auto HDR and all you have to do is to tap on the screen and PRO HDR will do the rest. If you want to flex your creativity, try out the Manual HDR mode which enables you to choose the brightness and darkness for each of the HDR images you capture.\r\n\r\nWith PRO HDR you\'ve also got the freedom to adjust settings such as saturation, brightness, contrast, and tint to get a better output unlike other HDR apps where the final photo is as unchangeable – what you shoot is what you get (good or bad).\r\n\r\nThis app is also pretty darn clever...PRO HDR prompts you to take a photo of a dark part and bright part of a scene. Then it will automatically “align” the pictures and blend them together. The result is an HDR photo that is much closer to what the eye sees, but that the iPhone camera could not possibly see with such a small sensor.\r\n\r\nThe only real drawback here is that you might be waiting awhile for the shots to process...the rendering stage is quite lengthy to be frank. But hey, what can we say? Results like this take a bit of time. While the results are not likely to be as what a DSLR could offer, they are still way above what a regular camera phone can deliver. With Pro HDR and iPhone 4’s built-in HDR function, you\'ll blow away any smartphone competition by a mile. \r\n\r\nIt is a pity that the developers haven\'t integrated sharing photos to sites like Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr especially now that online photo sharing is a major trend, but ultimately we can live with this oversight as we\'re pretty sure it will be included in the next update. How could they not include it? \r\n\r\nOverall, this is a fantastic go-to app for creating HDR photos on the iPHone. At $1.99, we think it\'s money <em>very</em> well spent.\r\n\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Pro HDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Pro HDR 4.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2010/1/8/iphone-app-review-pro-hdr-by-robert-barr.html\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The bottom line is I am in love with this application… For $1.99 I would say everyone that has any interest whatsoever should download this Application.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/pro-hdr-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148apps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Pro HDR has more options and generally takes a better picture than the built in camera HDR, but it does sacrifice a bit of speed and convenience in the process.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://photofocus.com/2010/08/31/pro-hdr-for-iphone-mini-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">PhotoFocus</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Pro HDR won’t eliminate the need for a DSLR and tripod for serious HDR shooters, but if you just want to have some fun with your iPhone, this app provides a bunch of it for $1.99.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Pro HDR – Shoot Stunning HDR Photos On The iPhone','','inherit','open','open','','4392-revision-13','','','2011-08-06 14:11:39','2011-08-06 14:11:39','',4392,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4392-revision-13.html',0,'revision','',0),(4562,16,'2011-08-06 11:59:22','2011-08-06 11:59:22','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PerfectPhoto.png\"><img title=\"PerfectPhoto\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PerfectPhoto.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Perfect Photo\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"ProHDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PerfectPhoto-Logo.png\" alt=\"PerfectPhoto App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPERFECT PHOTO app, brought to you by the same developer who crafted the fantastic FX Photo Studio, is a user-friendly app that offers a convenient way to touch up images taken with an iPhone. With a selection of basic editing tools and some fun filters this reasonably priced app is great for beginners!</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by MacPhun LLC</li>\r\n<li>Comes with Retina display support</li>\r\n<li>22 different editing tools and photo effects</li>\r\n<li>Red Eye Reduction and Spot Healing features</li>\r\n<li>Share photos to Flickr, Facebook, and Twitter</li>\r\n<li>Sharing files via Documents folder</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$0.99\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>New and improved user interface design</li>\r\n<li>Great results with very little fuss</li>\r\n<li>Fun filters</li>\r\n<li>Essential editing options get the job done</li>\r\n<li>Reliable image processing</li>\r\n<li>Many sharing and saving options</li>\r\n<li>Cheap</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Previewing changes is quite slow</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPERFECT PHOTO is for anyone who wants to simply edit iPhone photos on the move, but it is especially great for beginners who will love how easy-to-use this app is. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]If you’re looking for an iPhone app dedicated to quick fixes, PERFECT PHOTO is a strong candidate. When comparing price to features, it’s definitely got bang-for-your-buck.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nPERFECT PHOTO developers Macphun claim that the PERFECT PHOTO app is the “easiest way to improve your photos on iPhone” and… we are inclined to agree.\r\n\r\nPERFECT PHOTO took inspiration from several professional photo editing suites and brought it the iPhone in a simple, easy-to-use app. It offers editing options like crop, rotate, color balance, sharpen, and flip. You can also change the photo’s gamma and contrast. While tools are admittedly quite basic, they are handy and useful...a great example of \"it does what it says on the tin\". PERFECT PHOTO app also features red-eye removal and spot healing, added in the latest upgrade (PERFECT PHOTO 2.0). The red-eye removal works well, and the to fix spot healing is great for taking care of skin blemishes, and other small imperfections. What\'s even better is that the spot healing tool is really easy, no messing around with complicated tools - simply point the round cursor at the desired spot, adjust the size of the cursor by moving the slider located at the bottom, and tap Apply. Works like a charm! With the improved user interface that came from the upgrade, editing with PERFECT PHOTO is a breeze, and the interface is uncluttered and smooth.\r\n\r\nYou can also spice up your photos by adding filters, at this time there\'s a very small number of filters (just 6), but ultimately they are 6 good ones. Nothing fluffy or pointless just useful filters to enhance your photos. PERFECT PHOTO have also made sharing photos really easy through Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr, and Mail or you can save it to your Photo Album, Documents, or Clipboard.\r\n\r\nThe only minor shortcoming of this app is perhaps on the time it takes to preview your edits. It takes a few seconds (or more) to preview especially if you are viewing the preview in high quality. \r\n\r\nBut overall, if you are looking for a capable, convenient, affordable, and <em>simple</em> photo editing app on the iPhone, PERFECT PHOTO is a great way to go. At less than a buck, it will hardly break the bank. \r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Perfect Photo App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Perfect Photo App 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.tipb.com/2010/12/01/perfect-photo-iphone-brings-red-eye-removal-spot-healing/\">TipB</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“You can say goodbye devilish red eyes and blemishes with Perfect Photo 2.0 for iPhone…Perfect photo has recently become my favorite photo editing application.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/perfect-photo-review/#ixzz1UAayqPnu\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148Apps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Its success stems from something quite obvious – it offers exactly what you want without throwing in countless filters that, while fun, are ultimately frivolous. For those people who want to simply take photos and edit them on the move through the same app, this is ideal.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2010/11/sneak-preview-fantastic-update-coming-perfect-photo-grab-price-increase\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Perfect Photo is already a good multi-tool photo editing app. But the update coming next week will make it a must-own app, whether you’re a novice or an experienced iPhoneographer.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Perfect Photo App – Well-Rounded Simple Editing!','','inherit','open','open','','4538-revision-7','','','2011-08-06 11:59:22','2011-08-06 11:59:22','',4538,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4538-revision-7.html',0,'revision','',0),(4560,16,'2011-08-06 11:56:38','2011-08-06 11:56:38','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PerfectPhoto.png\"><img title=\"PerfectPhoto\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PerfectPhoto.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Perfect Photo\"></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"ProHDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PerfectPhoto-Logo.png\" alt=\"PerfectPhoto App Logo\" />\n\nPERFECT PHOTO, brought to you by the same developer who crafted the fantastic FX Photo Studio, is a user-friendly app that offers a convenient way to touch up images taken with an iPhone. With a selection of basic editing tools and some fun filters this reasonably priced app is great for beginners!</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by MacPhun LLC</li>\n<li>Comes with Retina display support</li>\n<li>22 different editing tools and photo effects</li>\n<li>Red Eye Reduction and Spot Healing features</li>\n<li>Share photos to Flickr, Facebook, and Twitter</li>\n<li>Sharing files via Documents folder</li>\n<li>Costs US$0.99\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>New and improved user interface design</li>\n<li>Great results with very little fuss</li>\n<li>Fun filters</li>\n<li>Essential editing options get the job done</li>\n<li>Reliable image processing</li>\n<li>Many sharing and saving options</li>\n<li>Cheap</li>\n\n\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Previewing changes is quite slow</li>\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\n\nPERFECT PHOTO is for anyone who wants to simply edit iPhone photos on the move, but it is especially great for beginners who will love how easy-to-use this app is. \n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]If you’re looking for an iPhone app dedicated to quick fixes, PERFECT PHOTO is a strong candidate. When comparing price to features, it’s definitely got bang-for-your-buck.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nPERFECT PHOTO developers Macphun claim that the PERFECT PHOTO app is the “easiest way to improve your photos on iPhone” and… we are inclined to agree.\n\nPERFECT PHOTO took inspiration from several professional photo editing suites and brought it the iPhone in a simple, easy-to-use app. It offers editing options like crop, rotate, color balance, sharpen, and flip. You can also change the photo’s gamma and contrast. While tools are admittedly quite basic, they are handy and useful...a great example of \"it does what it says on the tin\". PERFECT PHOTO app also features red-eye removal and spot healing, added in the latest upgrade (PERFECT PHOTO 2.0). The red-eye removal works well, and the to fix spot healing is great for taking care of skin blemishes, and other small imperfections. What\'s even better is that the spot healing tool is really easy, no messing around with complicated tools - simply point the round cursor at the desired spot, adjust the size of the cursor by moving the slider located at the bottom, and tap Apply. Works like a charm! With the improved user interface that came from the upgrade, editing with PERFECT PHOTO is a breeze, and the interface is uncluttered and smooth.\n\nYou can also spice up your photos by adding filters, at this time there\'s a very small number of filters (just 6), but ultimately they are 6 good ones. Nothing fluffy or pointless just useful filters to enhance your photos. PERFECT PHOTO have also made sharing photos really easy through Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr, and Mail or you can save it to your Photo Album, Documents, or Clipboard.\n\nThe only minor shortcoming of this app is perhaps on the time it takes to preview your edits. It takes a few seconds (or more) to preview especially if you are viewing the preview in high quality. \n\nBut overall, if you are looking for a capable, convenient, affordable, and <em>simple</em> photo editing app on the iPhone, PERFECT PHOTO is a great way to go. At less than a buck, it will hardly break the bank. \n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Perfect Photo App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Perfect Photo App 4 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.tipb.com/2010/12/01/perfect-photo-iphone-brings-red-eye-removal-spot-healing/\">TipB</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“You can say goodbye devilish red eyes and blemishes with Perfect Photo 2.0 for iPhone…Perfect photo has recently become my favorite photo editing application.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/perfect-photo-review/#ixzz1UAayqPnu\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148Apps</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Its success stems from something quite obvious – it offers exactly what you want without throwing in countless filters that, while fun, are ultimately frivolous. For those people who want to simply take photos and edit them on the move through the same app, this is ideal.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2010/11/sneak-preview-fantastic-update-coming-perfect-photo-grab-price-increase\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Perfect Photo is already a good multi-tool photo editing app. But the update coming next week will make it a must-own app, whether you’re a novice or an experienced iPhoneographer.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','Perfect Photo – Excellent Well-Rounded App','','inherit','open','open','','4538-revision-5','','','2011-08-06 11:56:38','2011-08-06 11:56:38','',4538,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4538-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0),(4561,16,'2011-08-06 11:58:53','2011-08-06 11:58:53','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PerfectPhoto.png\"><img title=\"PerfectPhoto\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PerfectPhoto.png\" width=\"472\" height=\"344\" alt=\"Perfect Photo\"></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"ProHDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PerfectPhoto-Logo.png\" alt=\"PerfectPhoto App Logo\" />\n\nPERFECT PHOTO app, brought to you by the same developer who crafted the fantastic FX Photo Studio, is a user-friendly app that offers a convenient way to touch up images taken with an iPhone. With a selection of basic editing tools and some fun filters this reasonably priced app is great for beginners!</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by MacPhun LLC</li>\n<li>Comes with Retina display support</li>\n<li>22 different editing tools and photo effects</li>\n<li>Red Eye Reduction and Spot Healing features</li>\n<li>Share photos to Flickr, Facebook, and Twitter</li>\n<li>Sharing files via Documents folder</li>\n<li>Costs US$0.99\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>New and improved user interface design</li>\n<li>Great results with very little fuss</li>\n<li>Fun filters</li>\n<li>Essential editing options get the job done</li>\n<li>Reliable image processing</li>\n<li>Many sharing and saving options</li>\n<li>Cheap</li>\n\n\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Previewing changes is quite slow</li>\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\n\nPERFECT PHOTO is for anyone who wants to simply edit iPhone photos on the move, but it is especially great for beginners who will love how easy-to-use this app is. \n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]If you’re looking for an iPhone app dedicated to quick fixes, PERFECT PHOTO is a strong candidate. When comparing price to features, it’s definitely got bang-for-your-buck.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nPERFECT PHOTO developers Macphun claim that the PERFECT PHOTO app is the “easiest way to improve your photos on iPhone” and… we are inclined to agree.\n\nPERFECT PHOTO took inspiration from several professional photo editing suites and brought it the iPhone in a simple, easy-to-use app. It offers editing options like crop, rotate, color balance, sharpen, and flip. You can also change the photo’s gamma and contrast. While tools are admittedly quite basic, they are handy and useful...a great example of \"it does what it says on the tin\". PERFECT PHOTO app also features red-eye removal and spot healing, added in the latest upgrade (PERFECT PHOTO 2.0). The red-eye removal works well, and the to fix spot healing is great for taking care of skin blemishes, and other small imperfections. What\'s even better is that the spot healing tool is really easy, no messing around with complicated tools - simply point the round cursor at the desired spot, adjust the size of the cursor by moving the slider located at the bottom, and tap Apply. Works like a charm! With the improved user interface that came from the upgrade, editing with PERFECT PHOTO is a breeze, and the interface is uncluttered and smooth.\n\nYou can also spice up your photos by adding filters, at this time there\'s a very small number of filters (just 6), but ultimately they are 6 good ones. Nothing fluffy or pointless just useful filters to enhance your photos. PERFECT PHOTO have also made sharing photos really easy through Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr, and Mail or you can save it to your Photo Album, Documents, or Clipboard.\n\nThe only minor shortcoming of this app is perhaps on the time it takes to preview your edits. It takes a few seconds (or more) to preview especially if you are viewing the preview in high quality. \n\nBut overall, if you are looking for a capable, convenient, affordable, and <em>simple</em> photo editing app on the iPhone, PERFECT PHOTO is a great way to go. At less than a buck, it will hardly break the bank. \n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Perfect Photo App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Perfect Photo App 4 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>APP REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.tipb.com/2010/12/01/perfect-photo-iphone-brings-red-eye-removal-spot-healing/\">TipB</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“You can say goodbye devilish red eyes and blemishes with Perfect Photo 2.0 for iPhone…Perfect photo has recently become my favorite photo editing application.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/perfect-photo-review/#ixzz1UAayqPnu\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148Apps</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Its success stems from something quite obvious – it offers exactly what you want without throwing in countless filters that, while fun, are ultimately frivolous. For those people who want to simply take photos and edit them on the move through the same app, this is ideal.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2010/11/sneak-preview-fantastic-update-coming-perfect-photo-grab-price-increase\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Perfect Photo is already a good multi-tool photo editing app. But the update coming next week will make it a must-own app, whether you’re a novice or an experienced iPhoneographer.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','Perfect Photo App – Well-Rounded Simple Editing!','','inherit','open','open','','4538-revision-6','','','2011-08-06 11:58:53','2011-08-06 11:58:53','',4538,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4538-revision-6.html',0,'revision','',0),(4558,16,'2011-08-06 10:56:02','2011-08-06 10:56:02','Family portraits…they are a changin’! Gone are the days that we are getting the whole family together dressed in their Sunday best to sit still for three hours while little Jimmy turns his head another 20° to the left, and then another 30° back to the right. As photographic trends are changing most families are opting for more casual, personality-driven photos that really represent the individuality and style of the family.  \r\n\r\n<h3>Here’s a few ideas to make your family portraits a little bit more modern:</h3> \r\n\r\n<h3>Shoot Inside Your Home</h3> \r\n\r\nHome is where the heart is right? More and more families are having their photos taken at home to show the family in their own surroundings. This is also a great way to get casual, comfortable photos of your family “in their element”. Just find a nice place in your house, or even outside in the yard or garden. Natural lighting is important for casual family photographs, and photos taken indoors by a window with good light with give a soft, “homely” feel. \r\n\r\n<h3>Be Candid</h3>\r\n\r\nWe already know that families are moving away from the stiffly posed photos of yesteryear and opting for more candid, “real” photos. Try to plan activities for the whole family to get involved in, creating a fun, relaxed scenario. Opt for places that are meaningful to the family, and interact with each other in a comfortable, casual, light-hearted manor. Someone in the family is sure to know a good joke! \r\n\r\n<h3>Dress Casually</h3> \r\n\r\nIt’s become a little bit more modern to dress the family in casual, everyday clothing that is complimentary rather than all family members wearing the same thing. That’s not to say you should let everyone choose their own clothes, as your young son might turn up in his Superman pajamas and your daughter in her favorite princess dress, but allowing each family member a little bit of individuality in their clothing will mean they are ultimately more comfortable and at ease in the photograph. Try coordinating clothes with a few common elements or colors for a polished, “together” feel. \r\n\r\n<h3>Use The Environment</h3> \r\n\r\nThe environment around your house or your city is a great backdrop for casual family photos. Urban environments provide interest and quirky style, where outdoor environments provide a softer, more natural style. If you opt for a cityscape look for interesting stairwells, brick walls, train tracks, secret passages, and fun sculptures to set up your photo. If you’re going for an outdoor shoot in natural surroundings, open grassy fields, interesting trees, sandy or rocky beaches and small hills to climb make great backdrops. Also think about bringing a few props, maybe a parasol, hats, sunglasses, or something small to sit on – a few simple props will go a long way! \r\n\r\nGetting modern, casual family photographs doesn’t have to be difficult or expensive. With a little bit of planning and creativity, you can get great shots that reflect your family’s style and individuality. Finally, work with a photographer that whom you feel comfortable and at ease with, and show them the type of photos you would like before committing! \r\n','Get Fantastic Family Photos ','','inherit','open','open','','4549-revision-3','','','2011-08-06 10:56:02','2011-08-06 10:56:02','',4549,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4549-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(4559,16,'2011-08-06 11:05:18','2011-08-06 11:05:18','As your photography hobby gains speed you’re likely to come across several photography myths that make it seem as if getting great photos is some kind of unknown “secret” art. While you are learning the craft, it’s important to be sure that you don’t get sucked into the myths that will only leave you feeling discouraged. We’re setting the record straight for you here and now on the myths and truths of digital photography. \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 1: You’ll get better results with better equipment.</h3> \r\n\r\nWhile every camera has it’s limitations, and some higher end equipment may physically produce better results, it’s important to remember that better (more expensive) equipment doesn’t mean you’ll automatically start getting better photos. You’ve probably heard time and time again “It’s the photographer, not the camera”, and we’ll say it here, loud and clear. It is the photographer, not the camera.\r\n\r\nThere’s no better example of this than the recent movement towards iPhoneography – millions of people are trading in their more advanced point & shoot cameras for the iPhone, even with it’s lower megapixel count and teeny tiny sensor. If that’s not proof enough, take into consideration that even the most advanced DSLR still can’t tell you what shutter speed to use when shooting action shots. An expensive camera won’t teach you how to become a photographer, it is merely a tool to assist you in getting better quality photos to share your perspective as a photographer. Ultimately, you need to teach yourself to become a better photographer and that’s that. \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 2: A formal photography education will make you a “pro”.</h3> \r\n\r\nYou might be thinking the only way to take your photography hobby to the next level is to go and get a formal education to “prove you’re serious”. Although a formal education may make learning some of the difficult photographic concepts a bit easier, it should be said that many, many professional photographers are self-taught. \r\nAt the end of the day, it’s your drive, your willingness to learn, and your work ethic that will make you a successful photographer – whether photography remains your hobby or becomes your profession.  \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 3: There’s nothing around worthy of a photograph.</h3> \r\n\r\nWe can debunk this myth in a matter of a short sentence; there is something within arms length of you right now that is worth of a photograph. Fact. \r\n\r\nCreating a beautiful photo is a matter of perspective, and not always a matter of the subject. Capturing a beautiful image is often about taking something ordinary, or even something you see every day, and using your skill as a photographer to turn it into something spectacular using the techniques in your repertoire. \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 4: There is a right way to do things, and a wrong way. </h3>\r\n\r\nWhen it comes to photography, there’s about a million ways to get a beautiful shot, and just because something is perfectly exposed or in perfect focus doesn’t mean it’s right. What is beautiful is a matter of personal preference; it’s subjective to the photographer and the person viewing the photo. While it’s true that the whole idea of photography is to create a “perfect balance” between exposure, shutter speed, ISO and somehow combine that with composition, focus, and all of the other elements that make a great photo what’s really important is highlighting what is beautiful to you. \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 5: I will never be as good as [enter pro photographers name here].</h3> \r\n\r\nYou will be as good of a photographer as you want to be. You must be persistent and take lots, and we mean lots and lots of shots. Practice, practice, and more practice. And then practice a little bit more. Work hard to emulate the photographers that you respect and admire. Take the time to analyze their photographs and understand what makes their photos stand out above the rest. Just be sure that as you make comparisons between your shots and theirs that you also work to develop your own style of photography, as it’s your style that will make you stand out above the rest. \r\n','Debunking Photography Myths','','inherit','open','open','','4552-revision-4','','','2011-08-06 11:05:18','2011-08-06 11:05:18','',4552,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4552-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(4556,16,'2011-08-06 11:02:23','2011-08-06 11:02:23','As your photography hobby gains speed you’re likely to come across several myths that make it seem as if photography is some kind of unknown “secret” art. While you are learning the craft, it’s important to be sure that you don’t get sucked into the myths that will only leave you feeling discouraged. We’re setting the record straight for you here and now on the myths and truths of digital photography. \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 1: You’ll get better results with better equipment.</h3> \r\n\r\nWhile every camera has it’s limitations, and some higher end equipment may physically produce better results, it’s important to remember that better (more expensive) equipment doesn’t mean you’ll automatically start getting better photos. You’ve probably heard time and time again “It’s the photographer, not the camera”, and we’ll say it here, loud and clear. It is the photographer, not the camera.\r\n\r\nThere’s no better example of this than the recent movement towards iPhoneography – millions of people are trading in their more advanced point & shoot cameras for the iPhone, even with it’s lower megapixel count and teeny tiny sensor. If that’s not proof enough, take into consideration that even the most advanced DSLR still can’t tell you what shutter speed to use when shooting action shots. An expensive camera won’t teach you how to become a photographer, it is merely a tool to assist you in getting better quality photos to share your perspective as a photographer. Ultimately, you need to teach yourself to become a better photographer and that’s that. \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 2: A formal photography education will make you a “pro”.</h3> \r\n\r\nYou might be thinking the only way to take your photography hobby to the next level is to go and get a formal education to “prove you’re serious”. Although a formal education may make learning some of the difficult photographic concepts a bit easier, it should be said that many, many professional photographers are self-taught. \r\nAt the end of the day, it’s your drive, your willingness to learn, and your work ethic that will make you a successful photographer – whether photography remains your hobby or becomes your profession.  \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 3: There’s nothing around worthy of a photograph.</h3> \r\n\r\nWe can debunk this myth in a matter of a short sentence; there is something within arms length of you right now that is worth of a photograph. Fact. \r\n\r\nCreating a beautiful photo is a matter of perspective, and not always a matter of the subject. Capturing a beautiful image is often about taking something ordinary, or even something you see every day, and using your skill as a photographer to turn it into something spectacular using the techniques in your repertoire. \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 4: There is a right way to do things, and a wrong way. </h3>\r\n\r\nWhen it comes to photography, there’s about a million ways to get a beautiful shot, and just because something is perfectly exposed or in perfect focus doesn’t mean it’s right. What is beautiful is a matter of personal preference; it’s subjective to the photographer and the person viewing the photo. While it’s true that the whole idea of photography is to create a “perfect balance” between exposure, shutter speed, ISO and somehow combine that with composition, focus, and all of the other elements that make a great photo what’s really important is highlighting what is beautiful to you. \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 5: I will never be as good as [enter pro photographers name here].</h3> \r\n\r\nYou will be as good of a photographer as you want to be. You must be persistent and take lots, and we mean lots and lots of shots. Practice, practice, and more practice. And then practice a little bit more. Work hard to emulate the photographers that you respect and admire. Take the time to analyze their photographs and understand what makes their photos stand out above the rest. Just be sure that as you make comparisons between your shots and theirs that you also work to develop your own style of photography, as it’s your style that will make you stand out above the rest. \r\n','Debunking Photography Myths','','inherit','open','open','','4552-revision-3','','','2011-08-06 11:02:23','2011-08-06 11:02:23','',4552,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4552-revision-3.html',0,'revision','',0),(4557,16,'2011-08-06 10:52:58','2011-08-06 10:52:58','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/ProHDR.png\"><img title=\"ProHDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/ProHDR.png\" width=\"466\" height=\"340\" alt=\"Pro HDR\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"ProHDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/ProHDR-Logo.png\" alt=\"ProHDR App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPRO HDR proudly brings high dynamic range (HDR) photography right to your fingertips...anytime, anywhere. No need to painstakingly shoot multiple photos, transfer them to the computer, manually align and tonemap them - do it all on your iPhone.</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by eyeApps LLC</li>\r\n<li>Automatic and Manual HDR modes</li>\r\n<li>Quickly aligns full-size photos</li>\r\n<li>Photo Library support</li>\r\n<li>Save images at 3 or 5 megapixels</li>\r\n<li>Share HDR outputs through email</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Clean and easy-to-navigate interface</li>\r\n<li>Option to shoot single HDR photo or multiple shots to be combined into one HDR photo</li>\r\n<li>Customizable exposure settings</li>\r\n<li>Alignment is very good</li>\r\n<li>Accessible tutorial on HDR</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<liShooting and processing time is a tad slow</li>\r\n<liNot integrated to social media sites like Facebook and Twitter</li>\r\n\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPRO HDR is for anyone who wants to try out HDR photography on the iPhone! Whether you’re a beginner or a pro, this app is a must-have as it vastly improves the quality of your shots, even those taken in low-light. Advanced users may still prefer to process HDR photos using Adobe Photoshop for more flexibility but if you’re into HDR on-the-move, this app will surely come in handy. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]Arguably, PRO HDR is by far the most intelligent and flexible HDR photo app in the market today.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nPRO HDR has hit the nail on the head when it comes to what users really want from an app - something that offers several options for different shooting circumstances while delivering good results.\r\n\r\nWith PRO HDR, iPhoneographers have two shooting options: Automatic HDR and Manual HDR. If you\'re in a hurry or want to avoid taking multiple shots, just choose Auto HDR and all you have to do is to tap on the screen and PRO HDR will do the rest. If you want to flex your creativity, try out the Manual HDR mode which enables you to choose the brightness and darkness for each of the HDR images you capture.\r\n\r\nWith PRO HDR you\'ve also got the freedom to adjust settings such as saturation, brightness, contrast, and tint to get a better output unlike other HDR apps where the final photo is as unchangeable – what you shoot is what you get (good or bad).\r\n\r\nThis app is also pretty darn clever...PRO HDR prompts you to take a photo of a dark part and bright part of a scene. Then it will automatically “align” the pictures and blend them together. The result is an HDR photo that is much closer to what the eye sees, but that the iPhone camera could not possibly see with such a small sensor.\r\n\r\nThe only real drawback here is that you might be waiting awhile for the shots to process...the rendering stage is quite lengthy to be frank. But hey, what can we say? Results like this take a bit of time. While the results are not likely to be as what a DSLR could offer, they are still way above what a regular camera phone can deliver. With Pro HDR and iPhone 4’s built-in HDR function, you\'ll blow away any smartphone competition by a mile. \r\n\r\nIt is a pity that the developers haven\'t integrated sharing photos to sites like Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr especially now that online photo sharing is a major trend, but ultimately we can live with this oversight as we\'re pretty sure it will be included in the next update. How could they not include it? \r\n\r\nOverall, this is a fantastic go-to app for creating HDR photos on the iPHone. At $1.99, we think it\'s money <em>very</em> well spent.\r\n\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Pro HDR\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Pro HDR 4.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2010/1/8/iphone-app-review-pro-hdr-by-robert-barr.html\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“The bottom line is I am in love with this application… For $1.99 I would say everyone that has any interest whatsoever should download this Application.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.148apps.com/reviews/pro-hdr-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">148apps</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Pro HDR has more options and generally takes a better picture than the built in camera HDR, but it does sacrifice a bit of speed and convenience in the process.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://photofocus.com/2010/08/31/pro-hdr-for-iphone-mini-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">PhotoFocus</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Pro HDR won’t eliminate the need for a DSLR and tripod for serious HDR shooters, but if you just want to have some fun with your iPhone, this app provides a bunch of it for $1.99.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Pro HDR – Shoot Stunning HDR Photos On The iPhone','','inherit','open','open','','4392-revision-11','','','2011-08-06 10:52:58','2011-08-06 10:52:58','',4392,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4392-revision-11.html',0,'revision','',0),(4552,16,'2011-08-17 08:00:53','2011-08-17 08:00:53','As your photography hobby gains speed you’re likely to come across several photography myths that make it seem as if getting great photos is some kind of unknown “secret” art. While you are learning the craft, it’s important to be sure that you don’t get sucked into the myths that will only leave you feeling discouraged. We’re setting the record straight for you here and now on the myths and truths of digital photography. \r\n\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n<div><a title=\"Edward Olive wedding photographer, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/edwardolive/3184695389\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"602\" height=\"515\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Debunk.jpg\"]</a></div>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>Edward Olive wedding photographer</em>\r\nPhoto by Edward Olive</p>\r\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\r\n\r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 1: You’ll get better results with better equipment.</h3> \r\n\r\nTruth: While every camera has it’s limitations, and some higher end equipment may physically produce better results, it’s important to remember that better (more expensive) equipment doesn’t mean you’ll automatically start getting better photos. You’ve probably heard time and time again “It’s the photographer, not the camera”, and we’ll say it here, loud and clear. It is the photographer, not the camera.\r\n\r\nThere’s no better example of this than the recent movement towards iPhoneography – millions of people are trading in their more advanced point & shoot cameras for the iPhone, even with it’s lower megapixel count and teeny tiny sensor. If that’s not proof enough, take into consideration that even the most advanced DSLR still can’t tell you what shutter speed to use when shooting action shots. An expensive camera won’t teach you how to become a photographer, it is merely a tool to assist you in getting better quality photos to share your perspective as a photographer. Ultimately, you need to teach yourself to become a better photographer and that’s that. \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 2: A formal photography education will make you a “pro”.</h3> \r\n\r\nTruth: You might be thinking the only way to take your photography hobby to the next level is to go and get a formal education to “prove you’re serious”. Although a formal education may make learning some of the difficult photographic concepts a bit easier, it should be said that many, many professional photographers are self-taught. At the end of the day, it’s your drive, your willingness to learn, and your work ethic that will make you a successful photographer – whether photography remains your hobby or becomes your profession.  \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 3: There’s nothing around me worthy of a photograph.</h3> \r\n\r\nTruth: We can debunk this myth in a matter of a short sentence; there is something within arms length of you right now that is worth of a photograph. Fact. \r\n\r\nCreating a beautiful photo is a matter of perspective, and not always a matter of the subject. Capturing a beautiful image is often about taking something ordinary, or even something you see every day, and using your skill as a photographer to turn it into something spectacular using the techniques in your repertoire. \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 4: There is a right way to do things, and a wrong way. </h3>\r\n\r\nTruth: When it comes to photography, there’s about a million ways to get a beautiful shot, and just because something is perfectly exposed or in perfect focus doesn’t mean it’s right. What is beautiful is a matter of personal preference; it’s subjective to the photographer and the person viewing the photo. While it’s true that the whole idea of photography is to create a “perfect balance” between exposure, shutter speed, ISO and somehow combine that with composition, focus, and all of the other elements that make a great photo what’s really important is highlighting what is beautiful to you. \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 5: I will never be as good as [enter pro photographers name here].</h3> \r\n\r\nTruth: You will be as good of a photographer as you want to be. You must be persistent and take lots, and we mean lots and lots of shots. Practice, practice, and more practice. And then practice a little bit more. Work hard to emulate the photographers that you respect and admire. Take the time to analyze their photographs and understand what makes their photos stand out above the rest. Just be sure that as you make comparisons between your shots and theirs that you also work to develop your own style of photography, as it’s your style that will make you stand out above the rest. \r\n','Debunking Photography Myths','','publish','open','open','','debunking-photography-myths','','','2011-08-24 07:32:51','2011-08-24 07:32:51','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=4552',0,'post','',1),(4553,16,'2011-08-06 11:00:57','2011-08-06 11:00:57','As your photography hobby gains speed you’re likely to come across several myths that make it seem as if photography is some kind of unknown “secret” art. While you are learning the craft, it’s important to be sure that you don’t get sucked into the myths that will only leave you feeling discouraged. We’re setting the record straight for you here and now on the myths and truths of digital photography. \n\n<h3>Myth 1: You’ll get better results with better equipment.</h3> \n\nWhile every camera has it’s limitations, and some higher end equipment may physically produce better results, it’s important to remember that better (more expensive) equipment doesn’t mean you’ll automatically start getting better photos. You’ve probably heard time and time again “It’s the photographer, not the camera”, and we’ll say it here, loud and clear. It is the photographer, not the camera.\n\nThere’s no better example of this than the recent movement towards iPhoneography – millions of people are trading in their more advanced point & shoot cameras for the iPhone, even with it’s lower megapixel count and teeny tiny sensor. If that’s not proof enough, take into consideration that even the most advanced DSLR still can’t tell you what shutter speed to use when shooting action shots. An expensive camera won’t teach you how to become a photographer, it is merely a tool to assist you in getting better quality photos to share your perspective as a photographer. Ultimately, you need to teach yourself to become a better photographer and that’s that. \n\n<h3>Myth 2: A formal photography education will make you a “pro”.</h3> \n\nYou might be thinking the only way to take your photography hobby to the next level is to go and get a formal education to “prove you’re serious”. Although a formal education may make learning some of the difficult photographic concepts a bit easier, it should be said that many, many professional photographers are self-taught. \nAt the end of the day, it’s your drive, your willingness to learn, and your work ethic that will make you a successful photographer – whether photography remains your hobby or becomes your profession.  \n\n<h3>Myth 3: There’s nothing around worthy of a photograph.</h3> \n\nWe can debunk this myth in a matter of a short sentence; there is something within arms length of you right now that is worth of a photograph. Fact. \nCreating a beautiful photo is a matter of perspective, and not always a matter of the subject. Capturing a beautiful image is often about taking something ordinary, or even something you see every day, and using your skill as a photographer to turn it into something spectacular using the techniques in your repertoire. \n\n<h3>Myth 4: There is a right way to do things, and a wrong way. </h3>\n\nWhen it comes to photography, there’s about a million ways to get a beautiful shot, and just because something is perfectly exposed or in perfect focus doesn’t mean it’s right. What is beautiful is a matter of personal preference; it’s subjective to the photographer and the person viewing the photo. While it’s true that the whole idea of photography is to create a “perfect balance” between exposure, shutter speed, ISO and somehow combine that with composition, focus, and all of the other elements that make a great photo what’s really important is highlighting what is beautiful to you. \n\n<h3>Myth 5: I will never be as good as [enter pro photographers name here].</h3> \n\nYou will be as good of a photographer as you want to be. You must be persistent and take lots, and we mean lots and lots of shots. Practice, practice, and more practice. And then practice a little bit more. Work hard to emulate the photographers that you respect and admire. Take the time to analyze their photographs and understand what makes their photos stand out above the rest. Just be sure that as you make comparisons between your shots and theirs that you also work to develop your own style of photography, as it’s your style that will make you stand out above the rest. \n','Debunking Photography Myths','','inherit','open','open','','4552-revision','','','2011-08-06 11:00:57','2011-08-06 11:00:57','',4552,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4552-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(4554,16,'2011-08-06 11:01:23','2011-08-06 11:01:23','As your photography hobby gains speed you’re likely to come across several myths that make it seem as if photography is some kind of unknown “secret” art. While you are learning the craft, it’s important to be sure that you don’t get sucked into the myths that will only leave you feeling discouraged. We’re setting the record straight for you here and now on the myths and truths of digital photography. \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 1: You’ll get better results with better equipment.</h3> \r\n\r\nWhile every camera has it’s limitations, and some higher end equipment may physically produce better results, it’s important to remember that better (more expensive) equipment doesn’t mean you’ll automatically start getting better photos. You’ve probably heard time and time again “It’s the photographer, not the camera”, and we’ll say it here, loud and clear. It is the photographer, not the camera.\r\n\r\nThere’s no better example of this than the recent movement towards iPhoneography – millions of people are trading in their more advanced point & shoot cameras for the iPhone, even with it’s lower megapixel count and teeny tiny sensor. If that’s not proof enough, take into consideration that even the most advanced DSLR still can’t tell you what shutter speed to use when shooting action shots. An expensive camera won’t teach you how to become a photographer, it is merely a tool to assist you in getting better quality photos to share your perspective as a photographer. Ultimately, you need to teach yourself to become a better photographer and that’s that. \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 2: A formal photography education will make you a “pro”.</h3> \r\n\r\nYou might be thinking the only way to take your photography hobby to the next level is to go and get a formal education to “prove you’re serious”. Although a formal education may make learning some of the difficult photographic concepts a bit easier, it should be said that many, many professional photographers are self-taught. \r\nAt the end of the day, it’s your drive, your willingness to learn, and your work ethic that will make you a successful photographer – whether photography remains your hobby or becomes your profession.  \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 3: There’s nothing around worthy of a photograph.</h3> \r\n\r\nWe can debunk this myth in a matter of a short sentence; there is something within arms length of you right now that is worth of a photograph. Fact. \r\nCreating a beautiful photo is a matter of perspective, and not always a matter of the subject. Capturing a beautiful image is often about taking something ordinary, or even something you see every day, and using your skill as a photographer to turn it into something spectacular using the techniques in your repertoire. \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 4: There is a right way to do things, and a wrong way. </h3>\r\n\r\nWhen it comes to photography, there’s about a million ways to get a beautiful shot, and just because something is perfectly exposed or in perfect focus doesn’t mean it’s right. What is beautiful is a matter of personal preference; it’s subjective to the photographer and the person viewing the photo. While it’s true that the whole idea of photography is to create a “perfect balance” between exposure, shutter speed, ISO and somehow combine that with composition, focus, and all of the other elements that make a great photo what’s really important is highlighting what is beautiful to you. \r\n\r\n<h3>Myth 5: I will never be as good as [enter pro photographers name here].</h3> \r\n\r\nYou will be as good of a photographer as you want to be. You must be persistent and take lots, and we mean lots and lots of shots. Practice, practice, and more practice. And then practice a little bit more. Work hard to emulate the photographers that you respect and admire. Take the time to analyze their photographs and understand what makes their photos stand out above the rest. Just be sure that as you make comparisons between your shots and theirs that you also work to develop your own style of photography, as it’s your style that will make you stand out above the rest. \r\n','Debunking Photography Myths','','inherit','open','open','','4552-revision-2','','','2011-08-06 11:01:23','2011-08-06 11:01:23','',4552,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4552-revision-2.html',0,'revision','',0),(4555,14,'2011-08-10 00:29:24','2011-08-10 00:29:24','As your photography hobby gains speed you’re likely to come across several photography myths that make it seem as if getting great photos is some kind of unknown “secret” art. While you are learning the craft, it’s important to be sure that you don’t get sucked into the myths that will only leave you feeling discouraged. We’re setting the record straight for you here and now on the myths and truths of digital photography. \n\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n<div><a title=\"iPhone Photo, on Flickr\" href=\"http://www.flickr.com/photos/edwardolive/3184695389\" target=\"_blank\">[imageeffect type=\"frame\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"602\" height=\"515\" alt=\"\" url=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Debunk.jpg\"]</a></div>\n&nbsp;\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><em>iPhone Photo</em>\nPhoto by Edward Olive</p>\n<br class=\"spacer_\" />\n\n\n<h3>Myth 1: You’ll get better results with better equipment.</h3> \n\nTruth: While every camera has it’s limitations, and some higher end equipment may physically produce better results, it’s important to remember that better (more expensive) equipment doesn’t mean you’ll automatically start getting better photos. You’ve probably heard time and time again “It’s the photographer, not the camera”, and we’ll say it here, loud and clear. It is the photographer, not the camera.\n\nThere’s no better example of this than the recent movement towards iPhoneography – millions of people are trading in their more advanced point & shoot cameras for the iPhone, even with it’s lower megapixel count and teeny tiny sensor. If that’s not proof enough, take into consideration that even the most advanced DSLR still can’t tell you what shutter speed to use when shooting action shots. An expensive camera won’t teach you how to become a photographer, it is merely a tool to assist you in getting better quality photos to share your perspective as a photographer. Ultimately, you need to teach yourself to become a better photographer and that’s that. \n\n<h3>Myth 2: A formal photography education will make you a “pro”.</h3> \n\nTruth: You might be thinking the only way to take your photography hobby to the next level is to go and get a formal education to “prove you’re serious”. Although a formal education may make learning some of the difficult photographic concepts a bit easier, it should be said that many, many professional photographers are self-taught. At the end of the day, it’s your drive, your willingness to learn, and your work ethic that will make you a successful photographer – whether photography remains your hobby or becomes your profession.  \n\n<h3>Myth 3: There’s nothing around me worthy of a photograph.</h3> \n\nTruth: We can debunk this myth in a matter of a short sentence; there is something within arms length of you right now that is worth of a photograph. Fact. \n\nCreating a beautiful photo is a matter of perspective, and not always a matter of the subject. Capturing a beautiful image is often about taking something ordinary, or even something you see every day, and using your skill as a photographer to turn it into something spectacular using the techniques in your repertoire. \n\n<h3>Myth 4: There is a right way to do things, and a wrong way. </h3>\n\nTruth: When it comes to photography, there’s about a million ways to get a beautiful shot, and just because something is perfectly exposed or in perfect focus doesn’t mean it’s right. What is beautiful is a matter of personal preference; it’s subjective to the photographer and the person viewing the photo. While it’s true that the whole idea of photography is to create a “perfect balance” between exposure, shutter speed, ISO and somehow combine that with composition, focus, and all of the other elements that make a great photo what’s really important is highlighting what is beautiful to you. \n\n<h3>Myth 5: I will never be as good as [enter pro photographers name here].</h3> \n\nTruth: You will be as good of a photographer as you want to be. You must be persistent and take lots, and we mean lots and lots of shots. Practice, practice, and more practice. And then practice a little bit more. Work hard to emulate the photographers that you respect and admire. Take the time to analyze their photographs and understand what makes their photos stand out above the rest. Just be sure that as you make comparisons between your shots and theirs that you also work to develop your own style of photography, as it’s your style that will make you stand out above the rest. \n','Debunking Photography Myths','','inherit','open','open','','4552-autosave','','','2011-08-10 00:29:24','2011-08-10 00:29:24','',4552,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4552-autosave.html',0,'revision','',0),(4354,14,'2011-07-28 16:01:04','2011-07-28 16:01:04','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/AutoStitch.png\"><img title=\"AutoStitch\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/AutoStitch.png\" alt=\"AutoStitch\" width=\"200\" height=\"375\" /></a></td>\r\n<td>AUTOSTITCH lets you shoot multiple images and stitch them together into seamless iPhone panoramas. How cool is that?</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Created by Cloudburst Research</li>\r\n	<li>Stitch 2 or more images for a panorama</li>\r\n	<li>Resolution and image size can be customized</li>\r\n	<li>Manual and automatic cropping</li>\r\n	<li>Share instantly via email or Facebook</li>\r\n	<li>Costs US $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Tidy layout</li>\r\n	<li>Intuitive interface</li>\r\n	<li>Can also process photos which were not taken with the iPhone</li>\r\n	<li>Users can create iPhone panoramas from images with horizontal or vertical orientation</li>\r\n	<li>Stitching photos is very simple</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Ghosting can occur</li>\r\n	<li>Some stitched areas may be blurred</li>\r\n	<li>Does not have its own camera app</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nAUTOSTITCH is perfect for beginners who want to turn their daily snaps into good-looking iPhone panoramas and wide-angle shots. Advanced photo editing programs such as Photoshop or other Panoramic iPhone apps are recommended for pro users, as the very basic features of the Autostitch app will likely leave them wanting more.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]AUTOSTITCH is arguably the best image stitching application for the iPhone. It gets the job done...with flying colors![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\nDo not be fooled by the simplicity of the AUTOSTITCH iPhone app. It is probably one of the most basic apps out there, but it is also one of the most useful.\r\n\r\nWith AUTOSTITCH you\'re no longer restricted by the limited capabilities of the iPhone camera, you don\'t even need to take a few steps back so you can capture the whole scene. Just launch the app, shoot 2 or more photos of the subject, stitch them together using the app, and you’re good to go! The entire process is very straightforward, thus it gives users the chance to spend more time shooting and less time tinkering to get panoramic results. If that’s not easy, then we don’t know what is.\r\n\r\nAUTOSTITCH does have a few shortcomings, particularly a bit of ghosting and blurring can occur when stitching together. But if the photo is viewed on online or at a relatively small size, the effect is hardly noticeable. It would have also been great if AUTOSTITCH had been equipped with an in-app camera so users do not have to go through the camera app for shooting photos then into AutoStitch to render them, but perhaps they\'ll add that in a future update.\r\n\r\nUltimately for just two bucks, considering the many pros of the AUTOSTITCH app, it’s money well-spent!\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Pictarine\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Pictarine 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.ephotozine.com/article/autostitch-panorama-iphone-app-review-16081\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">ePHOTOzine</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This app is really simple and takes no time at all to create brilliant panoramic images and easily shared on Facebook. A must for those who want to take larger pictures with their iPhone.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.cultofmac.com/review-easily-create-gorgeous-panoramic-photos-on-your-iphone-with-autostitch/35455\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">CultOfMac</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Overall, I have to say I really love all the picture goodness you can cram into one photo with Autostitch. This nifty little app makes it dead simple to create captivating panoramic shots.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://gigaom.com/apple/autostitch-create-panoramas-with-your-iphone/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">GigaOM</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Frankly, I’m amazed at how great a job this little $2 app does. If you’re at all interested in panoramic photos, it’s well worth a look.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','AutoStitch – Make Creative iPhone Panoramas','','inherit','open','open','','4145-revision-12','','','2011-07-28 16:01:04','2011-07-28 16:01:04','',4145,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4145-revision-12.html',0,'revision','',0),(4355,14,'2011-08-01 16:40:59','2011-08-01 16:40:59','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/AutoStitch.png\"><img title=\"AutoStitch\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/AutoStitch.png\" alt=\"AutoStitch\" width=\"200\" height=\"375\" /></a></td>\r\n<td>AUTOSTITCH lets you shoot multiple images and stitch them together into seamless iPhone panoramas. How cool is that?</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Created by Cloudburst Research</li>\r\n	<li>Stitch 2 or more images for a panorama</li>\r\n	<li>Resolution and image size can be customized</li>\r\n	<li>Manual and automatic cropping</li>\r\n	<li>Share instantly via email or Facebook</li>\r\n	<li>Costs US $1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Tidy layout</li>\r\n	<li>Intuitive interface</li>\r\n	<li>Can also process photos which were not taken with the iPhone</li>\r\n	<li>Users can create iPhone panoramas from images with horizontal or vertical orientation</li>\r\n	<li>Stitching photos is very simple</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Ghosting can occur</li>\r\n	<li>Some stitched areas may be blurred</li>\r\n	<li>Does not have its own camera app</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nAUTOSTITCH is perfect for beginners who want to turn their daily snaps into good-looking iPhone panoramas and wide-angle shots. Advanced photo editing programs such as Photoshop or other Panoramic iPhone apps are recommended for pro users, as the very basic features of the Autostitch app will likely leave them wanting more.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]AUTOSTITCH is arguably the best image stitching application for the iPhone. It gets the job done...with flying colors![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\nDo not be fooled by the simplicity of the AUTOSTITCH iPhone app. It is probably one of the most basic apps out there, but it is also one of the most useful.\r\n\r\nWith AUTOSTITCH you\'re no longer restricted by the limited capabilities of the iPhone camera, you don\'t even need to take a few steps back so you can capture the whole scene. Just launch the app, shoot 2 or more photos of the subject, stitch them together using the app, and you’re good to go! The entire process is very straightforward, thus it gives users the chance to spend more time shooting and less time tinkering to get panoramic results. If that’s not easy, then we don’t know what is.\r\n\r\nAUTOSTITCH does have a few shortcomings, particularly a bit of ghosting and blurring can occur when stitching together. But if the photo is viewed on online or at a relatively small size, the effect is hardly noticeable. It would have also been great if AUTOSTITCH had been equipped with an in-app camera so users do not have to go through the camera app for shooting photos then into AutoStitch to render them, but perhaps they\'ll add that in a future update.\r\n\r\nUltimately for just two bucks, considering the many pros of the AUTOSTITCH app, it’s money well-spent!\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for AutoStitch\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give AutoStitch 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.ephotozine.com/article/autostitch-panorama-iphone-app-review-16081\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">ePHOTOzine</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This app is really simple and takes no time at all to create brilliant panoramic images and easily shared on Facebook. A must for those who want to take larger pictures with their iPhone.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.cultofmac.com/review-easily-create-gorgeous-panoramic-photos-on-your-iphone-with-autostitch/35455\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">CultOfMac</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Overall, I have to say I really love all the picture goodness you can cram into one photo with Autostitch. This nifty little app makes it dead simple to create captivating panoramic shots.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://gigaom.com/apple/autostitch-create-panoramas-with-your-iphone/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">GigaOM</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Frankly, I’m amazed at how great a job this little $2 app does. If you’re at all interested in panoramic photos, it’s well worth a look.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','AutoStitch – Make Creative iPhone Panoramas','','inherit','open','open','','4145-revision-13','','','2011-08-01 16:40:59','2011-08-01 16:40:59','',4145,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4145-revision-13.html',0,'revision','',0),(4356,14,'2011-08-02 08:03:18','0000-00-00 00:00:00','ok','Photo Toaster – Good All-In-One App For Beginners - http://tinyurl.com/3gf7ctj','','publish','open','open','','','','','2011-08-02 08:03:18','0000-00-00 00:00:00','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?post_type=tweet&p=4356',0,'tweet','',0),(4357,14,'2011-08-08 08:00:46','2011-08-08 08:00:46','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransferApp.jpg\"><img title=\"PhotoTransferApp\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransferApp.jpg\" width=\"270\" height=\"503\" alt=\"Photo Transfer App\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"PhotoTransferApp\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransfer-Icon.png\" alt=\"Photo Transfer App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPHOTO TRANSFER APP enables you to share photos and videos between your iPhone, iPad, iPod Touch, and your computer via a wifi network. Never mess around with cables and software again, airwaves is the way forward!</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by ERCLab</li>\r\n<li>Downloads multiple photos from an iPhone to a computer</li>\r\n<li>Transfers photos in full resolution</li>\r\n<li>Preserves photo metadata in all transfer directions</li>\r\n<li>Works with other iDevices such as iPad and iPod Touch</li>\r\n<li>Compatible with computers running Windows, Mac and Linux </li>\r\n<li>Costs US$2.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Simple interface</li>\r\n<li>Extremely fast photo transfer ability</li>\r\n<li>Easy to use</li>\r\n<li>Download photos as ZIP file</li>\r\n<li>No cables/additional software needed</li>\r\n<li>Can upload/download multiple photos simultaneously</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Can’t browse through a whole album at a time</li>\r\n<li>Shared photos cannot be separated into albums for better organization\r\n</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nPHOTO TRANSFER APP is for anyone using the iPhone as their go-to camera. If you\'re look for a super fast way to share and transfer photos - without all the extra wires. \r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]PHOTO TRANSFER APP is an indispensable tool for iPhoneographers who want to make their lives a whole lot easier. Sharing, downloading, or and transferring photo is quick and convenient with this handy app! [/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nAmong all its sales points, there are really two things which make the PHOTO TRANSFER APP a must have for the avid iPhoneographer: Downloading full-res images and fast wireless sharing of images across all iDevices and computers. Save yourself the hassle and frustration of photo sharing using endless cables and bits of software. All you need is a wireless connection and you’re set. \r\n\r\nThe app is very user-friendly; it takes no time at all to get familiar with the interface and controls. The transfer time is fast – and by fast, we mean impressively fast.\r\n\r\nHowever, there\'s a couple of things that could be improved to speed up the sharing process even further. It would have been great if you could select all of the photos within the Photo Transfer App itself rather than leaving the Photo Transfer APP to go into the native Photo App, surely an oversight that could be corrected in a future update. \r\n\r\nOverall, PHOTO TRANSFER APP the app doesn\'t look like anything fancy but it does the job very well and that is what really matters. It\'s definitely worth picking up the PHOTO TRANSFER APP especially now that sharing photos is much more than just a trend, its a lifestyle. Of course we would be remiss not to mention that sadly there\'s a good chance that photo transfer apps are likely to become redundant with the release of iOS 5 and the automatic syncing to Photo Stream and other devices, I guess we\'ll have to wait and see?! \r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Photo Transfer App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Photo Transfer App 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>','Photo Transfer App - Move Your iPhone Photos Over Wifi','','publish','open','open','','photo-transfer-app-download-and-transfer-photos-to-and-from-your-iphone-in-a-flash','','','2011-08-30 12:27:41','2011-08-30 12:27:41','',0,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/?p=4357',0,'post','',0),(4363,14,'2011-08-02 11:53:19','2011-08-02 11:53:19','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransferApp.jpg\"><img title=\"PhotoTransferApp\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/PhotoTransferApp.jpg\" width=\"270\" height=\"503\" alt=\"Photo Transfer App\"></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"PhotoTra\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic-Logo.jpg\" alt=\"Photo Transfer App Logo\" />\n\nPhoto Transfer app allows you to share photos and videos between iPhone, iPad, iPod Touch, or computer devices via wifi in a speedy fashion. The even greater news? There’s no need for cables or extra software!</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by ERCLab</li>\n<li>Downloads multiple photos from an iPhone to a computer</li>\n<li>Transfers photos in full resolution</li>\n<li>Preserves photo metadata in all transfer directions</li>\n<li>Works with other iDevices such as iPad and iPod Touch</li>\n<li>Compatible with computers running Windows, Mac and Linux </li>\n<li>Costs US$2.99</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Simple interface</li>\n<li>Extremely fast photo transfer ability</li>\n<li>Easy to use</li>\n<li>Download photos as ZIP file</li>\n<li>No cables/additional software needed</li>\n<li>Can upload/download multiple photos simultaneously</li>\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Can’t browse through a whole album at a time</li>\n<li>Shared photos cannot be separated into albums for better organization\n</li>\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\n\nPHOTO TRANSFER APP is for anyone whose go-to camera is an iPhone and is looking for the fastest way to share and transfer photos. \n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]HIPSTAMATIC did not make the crossing over of analogue cameras to its digital counterpart through the iPhone just a reality… it is a success![/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\n\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Photo Transfer App\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Photo Transfer App 4.5 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2010/4/7/new-iphone-photo-app-photo-transfer-app.html\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This is a great app that works exactly as described.  In my tests I transferred photos from one iPhone to another, from iPhone to MacBook, and most impressively from MacBook back to iPhone, and all at full-res!!”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.whatsoniphone.com/reviews/photo-transfer-app-review\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">WhatsOniPhone</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Would I Buy Again: Yes...sending pictures between iDevices tends to be something I do a lot. Anything that makes it easier is good in my book! I have a feeling that I\'ll be using this app a lot. It make sharing pictures much easier.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://bestapps.me/2010/photo-transfer-app-iphone-app-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">BestApps</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“If you want to take your phone to the next level and make it even more easy to use between different devices, get this app to help you move pictures from device to device.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','Photo Transfer App - Download And Transfer Photos To And From Your iPhone In A Flash','','inherit','open','open','','4357-revision-4','','','2011-08-02 11:53:19','2011-08-02 11:53:19','',4357,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4357-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(4371,16,'2011-08-01 16:38:43','2011-08-01 16:38:43','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic.jpg\"><img title=\"Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic.jpg\" width=\"470\" height=\"314\" alt=\"Hipstamatic\"></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic-Logo.jpg\" alt=\"Hipstamatic App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nTake yourself back to the 70s and experience the fun of using an old school plastic camera through the iPhone with the HIPSTAMATIC app.</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Developed by Synthetic Infatuation</li>\r\n<li>Serves as a pseudo-toy camera on the iPhone</li>\r\n<li>Set the “Lenses,” “Flash,” and “Films” for various photo effects</li>\r\n<li>Share “printed”photos to Facebook, Flickr, Twitter, or Tumblr</li>\r\n<li>Wide array of additional effects called “Hipstapaks” can be purchased from the Hipstamatic store</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Interface looks beautiful</li>\r\n<li>Great quality of vintage filters </li>\r\n<li>Simulates an old camera nicely</li>\r\n<li>Different combo settins for lenses, flash, and films give user a great deal of flexibility</li>\r\n<li>Processes photos in a flash</li>\r\n<li>Very engaging to use</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n<li>Photos not captured using the app cannot be edited</li>\r\n<li>Takes a little while to get used to the app</li>\r\n<li>Virtual viewfinder is small</li>\r\n<li>A bit of lag between shots</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\r\n\r\nHIPSTAMATIC is for anyone who wants to experience the joy of shooting digital photos as if they are shooting with a retro camera used in the yesteryears.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]HIPSTAMATIC did not make the crossing over of analogue cameras to its digital counterpart through the iPhone just a reality… it is a success![/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\n\r\nThere are lots of apps out there that are similar to HIPSTAMATIC but what sets it apart from others is its ability to let the users feel that they are not holding an iPhone but an old plastic camera. The classic black styling of the camera, buttons, and all the nitty-gritty aspects were brilliantly planned and executed. The icing of the cake? The stunning vintage photos which you can really be proud of sharing to your family and friends!\r\n\r\nJust a few drawbacks though. Some may feel that the app isn’t very intuitive to use perhaps because of its attempt to simulate an old camera, which also takes time to get used to. The viewfinder is also small, thus making it a bit difficult to compose a shot. Moreover, the app does not process those shots taken using another app. \r\n\r\nBut maybe, that’s the whole point of this app. You experience the fun as well as the challenge of using vintage cameras in a stylized iPhone camera. Considering how enjoyable to use this app is and how impressive the processed photos are, we would be more than willing to take the good with the bad. HIPSTAMATIC definitely comes highly recommended!\r\n\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Hipstamatic 4.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2010/08/review-hipstamatic\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“While those who really want the fun reminder of yesteryear could easily pick up a cheap analog camera in a second hand shop, I suppose most will see two bucks for the app as being the better option. The bottom line is that if you like the app based on its description, you’ll love using it.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macworld.com/appguide/app.html?id=355058&expand=false\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacWorld</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Synthetic clearly spent a lot of time creating a unique app that doesn’t just produce nice results—it’s engaging and fun to use before you ever see the finished product.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appmodo.com/9676/hipstamatic-review-for-iphone/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">Appmodo</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Hipstamatic for iPhone comes highly recommended to photography enthusiasts of all ages. It is a fun application that will surely bring any dull Kodak moment to life.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Hipstamatic – Bring the Retro Back!','','inherit','open','open','','4342-revision-8','','','2011-08-01 16:38:43','2011-08-01 16:38:43','',4342,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4342-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(4358,14,'2011-08-02 11:39:30','2011-08-02 11:39:30','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic.jpg\"><img title=\"Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic.jpg\" width=\"470\" height=\"314\" alt=\"Hipstamatic\"></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/Hipstamatic-Logo.jpg\" alt=\"Hipstamatic App Logo\" />\n\nPhoto Transfer app allows you to share photos and videos between iPhone, iPad, iPod Touch, or computer devices via wifi in a speedy fashion. The even greater news? There’s no need for cables or extra software!</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by ERCLab</li>\n<li>Downloads multiple photos from an iPhone to a computer</li>\n<li>Transfers photos in full resolution</li>\n<li>Preserves photo metadata in all transfer directions</li>\n<li>Works with other iDevices such as iPad and iPod Touch</li>\n<li>Compatible with computers running Windows, Mac and Linux </li>\n<li>Costs US$2.99</li>\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Simple interface</li>\n<li>Extremely fast photo transfer ability</li>\n<li>Easy to use</li>\n<li>Download photos as ZIP file</li>\n<li>No cables/additional software needed</li>\n<li>Can upload/download multiple photos simultaneously</li>\n\n</ul>\n\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Can’t browse through a whole album at a time</li>\n<li>Shared photos cannot be separated into albums for better organization\n</li>\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\n\nPHOTO TRANSFER APP is for anyone whose go-to camera is an iPhone and is looking for the fastest way to share and transfer photos. \n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]HIPSTAMATIC did not make the crossing over of analogue cameras to its digital counterpart through the iPhone just a reality… it is a success![/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\n\nThere are lots of apps out there that are similar to HIPSTAMATIC but what sets it apart from others is its ability to let the users feel that they are not holding an iPhone but an old plastic camera. The classic black styling of the camera, buttons, and all the nitty-gritty aspects were brilliantly planned and executed. The icing of the cake? The stunning vintage photos which you can really be proud of sharing to your family and friends!\n\nJust a few drawbacks though. Some may feel that the app isn’t very intuitive to use perhaps because of its attempt to simulate an old camera, which also takes time to get used to. The viewfinder is also small, thus making it a bit difficult to compose a shot. Moreover, the app does not process those shots taken using another app. \n\nBut maybe, that’s the whole point of this app. You experience the fun as well as the challenge of using vintage cameras in a stylized iPhone camera. Considering how enjoyable to use this app is and how impressive the processed photos are, we would be more than willing to take the good with the bad. HIPSTAMATIC definitely comes highly recommended!\n\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"4.5 Flash Rating for Hipstamatic\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Hipstamatic 4.5 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2010/08/review-hipstamatic\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“While those who really want the fun reminder of yesteryear could easily pick up a cheap analog camera in a second hand shop, I suppose most will see two bucks for the app as being the better option. The bottom line is that if you like the app based on its description, you’ll love using it.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.macworld.com/appguide/app.html?id=355058&expand=false\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">MacWorld</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Synthetic clearly spent a lot of time creating a unique app that doesn’t just produce nice results—it’s engaging and fun to use before you ever see the finished product.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appmodo.com/9676/hipstamatic-review-for-iphone/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">Appmodo</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Hipstamatic for iPhone comes highly recommended to photography enthusiasts of all ages. It is a fun application that will surely bring any dull Kodak moment to life.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','Photo Transfer App - Download And Transfer Photos To And From Your iPhone In A Flash','','inherit','open','open','','4357-revision','','','2011-08-02 11:39:30','2011-08-02 11:39:30','',4357,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4357-revision.html',0,'revision','',0),(4306,14,'2011-07-30 15:10:57','2011-07-30 15:10:57','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster.png\"><img title=\"PhotoToast\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster.png\" alt=\"Photo Toast\" width=\"400\" height=\"201\" /></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Photo Toaster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster-Logo.png\" width=\"240\" height=\"56\" alt=\"Photo Toaster App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPHOTO TOASTER offers useful photo presets that can turn your ordinary snaps into something beautiful.</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Developed by East Coast Pixels, Inc.</li>\r\n<li>With ready to use global presets for quick photo editing</li>\r\n<li>Category image editing options such as Lighting, FX, Vigneting, and Borders</li>\r\n<li>Tweak photos in an instant</li>\r\n<li>Resulting photos can be shared to others via email, SMS, Facebook, and Tumbler</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Flexible user interface</li>\r\n<li>Editing options are very accessible</li>\r\n<li>Straight-forward and smooth workflow</li>\r\n<li>Lots of tweaking options to choose from</li>\r\n<li>Renders photos in an instant</li>\r\n<li>Automatically saves a backup copy of the original photo being edited </li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Does not offer something new</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nPHOTO TOASTER comes in handy for beginners who want to edit photos in a snap.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]PHOTO TOASTER is a good photo editing app that can give pleasing results. It’s good and all that but it’s not innovative.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\nPHOTO TOASTER can do almost everything – from basic lighting adjustments, color corrections, modifying of sharpness, contrast, and saturation, and addition of borders. If you want to improve the overall look of an image with just a single tap, there are a handful of global presets for that. What’s more is that this app gives results in a flash.\r\n\r\nHowever, contrary to the developer’s claim that this app is a “fresh approach to mobile editing,” a closer look tells us that it is not refreshing at all. This is not to say though as if this app is nothing short of worthless. It is just somewhat disappointing that a new photo-editing app like this does not come off as something very revolutionary or game-changing. But there’s still time though for the developer to further improve the app – who knows, it gets better from what it is now today.\r\n\r\nThis app is good for people who have not have much photo editing apps in their arsenal but for those who have tons already, it might not be a good decision to purchase this. There are other apps there like Kings Camera and PhotoForge2 that offer unique features. It won’t hurt though to try this especially if you have two bucks to spare.\r\n\r\n\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for Montager\" src=\"/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give Montager 4 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appotography.com/2011/06/20/photo-toaster-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">Appotography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Photo Toaster gives iPhone users nothing new, fresh or groundbreaking: the app is good and it does its work well and this alone can suffice to justify the purchase.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2011/06/quickadvice-photo-toaster\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This is truly a powerful photo editor and gives you complete control of how your images appear. The best part is that it does all of this fast.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2011/6/19/new-universal-app-phototoaster.html\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“PhotoToaster is a great little app, that offers something for everyone, whether it\'s creating stunning results quickly and easily with just 1-click, or tweaking your photos to your hearts content with the advanced controls.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Photo Toaster – An All-In-One Photo Editor For All','','inherit','open','open','','4295-revision-8','','','2011-07-30 15:10:57','2011-07-30 15:10:57','',4295,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4295-revision-8.html',0,'revision','',0),(4308,14,'2011-07-30 15:19:16','2011-07-30 15:19:16','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster.png\"><img title=\"PhotoToaster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster.png\" alt=\"Photo Toaster\" width=\"400\" height=\"201\" /></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"Photo Toaster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster-Logo.png\" width=\"240\" height=\"56\" alt=\"Photo Toaster App Logo\" />\n\nPHOTO TOASTER offers useful photo presets that can turn your ordinary snaps into something beautiful.</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n	<li>Developed by East Coast Pixels, Inc.</li>\n<li>With ready to use global presets for quick photo editing</li>\n<li>Category image editing options such as Lighting, FX, Vigneting, and Borders</li>\n<li>Tweak photos in an instant</li>\n<li>Resulting photos can be shared to others via email, SMS, Facebook, and Tumbler</li>\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n	<li>Flexible user interface</li>\n<li>Editing options are very accessible</li>\n<li>Straight-forward and smooth workflow</li>\n<li>Lots of tweaking options to choose from</li>\n<li>Renders photos in an instant</li>\n<li>Automatically saves a backup copy of the original photo being edited </li>\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n	<li>Does not offer something new</li>\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n Anyone\n\nPHOTO TOASTER comes in handy for beginners who want to edit photos in a snap.\n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]PHOTO TOASTER is a good photo editing app that can give pleasing results. It’s good and all that but it’s not innovative.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\nPHOTO TOASTER can do almost everything – from basic lighting adjustments, color corrections, modifying of sharpness, contrast, and saturation, and addition of borders. If you want to improve the overall look of an image with just a single tap, there are a handful of global presets for that. What’s more is that this app gives results in a flash.\n\nHowever, contrary to the developer’s claim that this app is a “fresh approach to mobile editing,” a closer look tells us that it is not refreshing at all. This is not to say though as if this app is nothing short of worthless. It is just somewhat disappointing that a new photo-editing app like this does not come off as something very revolutionary or game-changing. But there’s still time though for the developer to further improve the app – who knows, it gets better from what it is now today.\n\nThis app is good for people who have not have much photo editing apps in their arsenal but for those who have tons already, it might not be a good decision to purchase this. There are other apps there like Kings Camera and PhotoForge2 that offer unique features. It won’t hurt though to try this especially if you have two bucks to spare.\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"3.5 Flash Rating for Montager\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/3.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Montager 3.5 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appotography.com/2011/06/20/photo-toaster-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">Appotography</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Photo Toaster gives iPhone users nothing new, fresh or groundbreaking: the app is good and it does its work well and this alone can suffice to justify the purchase.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2011/06/quickadvice-photo-toaster\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This is truly a powerful photo editor and gives you complete control of how your images appear. The best part is that it does all of this fast.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2011/6/19/new-universal-app-phototoaster.html\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“PhotoToaster is a great little app, that offers something for everyone, whether it\'s creating stunning results quickly and easily with just 1-click, or tweaking your photos to your hearts content with the advanced controls.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','Photo Toaster – An All-In-One Photo Editor For The Newbies','','inherit','open','open','','4295-revision-10','','','2011-07-30 15:19:16','2011-07-30 15:19:16','',4295,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4295-revision-10.html',0,'revision','',0),(4309,14,'2011-07-30 15:20:00','2011-07-30 15:20:00','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\r\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster.png\"><img title=\"PhotoToaster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster.png\" alt=\"Photo Toaster\" width=\"400\" height=\"201\" /></a></td>\r\n<td><img title=\"Photo Toaster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster-Logo.png\" width=\"240\" height=\"56\" alt=\"Photo Toaster App Logo\" />\r\n\r\nPHOTO TOASTER offers useful photo presets that can turn your ordinary snaps into something beautiful and worth-sharing.</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>\r\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\r\n\r\n[tabswrap]\r\n\r\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Developed by East Coast Pixels, Inc.</li>\r\n<li>With ready-to-use global presets for quick photo editing</li>\r\n<li>Category image editing options such as Lighting, FX, Vigneting, and Borders</li>\r\n<li>Tweak photos in an instant</li>\r\n<li>Resulting photos can be shared to others via email, SMS, Facebook, and Tumbler</li>\r\n<li>Costs US$1.99</li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Flexible user interface</li>\r\n<li>Editing options are very accessible</li>\r\n<li>Straight-forward and smooth workflow</li>\r\n<li>Lots of tweaking options to choose from</li>\r\n<li>Renders photos in an instant</li>\r\n<li>Automatically saves a backup copy of the original photo being edited </li>\r\n\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Does not offer something new</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\r\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\r\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\r\n Anyone\r\n\r\nPHOTO TOASTER comes in handy for beginners who want to edit photos in a snap.\r\n\r\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]PHOTO TOASTER is a good photo editing app that can give pleasing results. It’s good and all that but it’s not innovative.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\r\nPHOTO TOASTER can do almost everything – from basic lighting adjustments, color corrections, modifying of sharpness, contrast, and saturation, and addition of borders. If you want to improve the overall look of an image with just a single tap, there are a handful of global presets for that. What’s more is that this app gives results in a flash.\r\n\r\nHowever, contrary to the developer’s claim that this app is a “fresh approach to mobile editing,” a closer look tells us that it is not refreshing at all. This is not to say though as if this app is nothing short of worthless. It is just somewhat disappointing that a new photo-editing app like this does not come off as something very revolutionary or game-changing. But there’s still time though for the developer to further improve the app – who knows, it gets better from what it is now today.\r\n\r\nThis app is good for people who have not have much photo editing apps in their arsenal but for those who have tons already, it might not be a good decision to purchase this. There are other apps there like Kings Camera and PhotoForge2 that offer unique features. It won’t hurt though to try this especially if you have two bucks to spare.\r\n\r\n<br/>\r\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\r\n\r\n<img title=\"3.5 Flash Rating for Montager\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/3.5flash.png\" alt=\"We give Montager 3.5 Flashes\" />\r\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\r\n\r\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\r\n\r\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\r\n<tbody>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appotography.com/2011/06/20/photo-toaster-review/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">Appotography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Photo Toaster gives iPhone users nothing new, fresh or groundbreaking: the app is good and it does its work well and this alone can suffice to justify the purchase.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appadvice.com/appnn/2011/06/quickadvice-photo-toaster\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">AppAdvice</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“This is truly a powerful photo editor and gives you complete control of how your images appear. The best part is that it does all of this fast.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n<tr>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2011/6/19/new-universal-app-phototoaster.html\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\r\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“PhotoToaster is a great little app, that offers something for everyone, whether it\'s creating stunning results quickly and easily with just 1-click, or tweaking your photos to your hearts content with the advanced controls.”</td>\r\n</tr>\r\n</tbody>\r\n</table>','Photo Toaster – An All-In-One Photo Editor For The Newbies','','inherit','open','open','','4295-revision-11','','','2011-07-30 15:20:00','2011-07-30 15:20:00','',4295,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4295-revision-11.html',0,'revision','',0),(4315,14,'2011-07-31 02:28:42','2011-07-31 02:28:42','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster.png\"><img title=\"PhotoToaster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster.png\" alt=\"Photo Toaster\" width=\"400\" height=\"201\" /></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"Photo Toaster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster-Logo.png\" width=\"240\" height=\"56\" alt=\"Photo Toaster App Logo\" />\n\nPHOTO TOASTER offers useful photo presets that can turn your ordinary snaps into something beautiful and worth-sharing.</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by Saycheezzz.com</li>\n<li>Easily edit photos in either Quick Matik and Pro Matik modes </li>>\n<li>Comes with built-in camera and boasts of 4x full-resolution digital zoom </li>\n<li>Fast full-res and medium-res burst modes</li>\n<li>Save photos to the app’s Photo Desk or to your iPhone’s Camera Roll</li>\n<li>Allows geotagging and has EXIF data access</li>\n<li> Send edited photos via email or share it over to Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, Dropbox</li>\n<li>Shoots HD videos</li>\n<li>Costs US$2.99</li>\n\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Well-labelled controls</li>\n<li>Editing options are very accessible</li>\n<li>Has broad range of photo editing features</li>\n<li>Focus and exposure modes work very well</li>\n<li>Features Exposure Lock that enables you to set and lock the exposure </li>\n<li>Saves photo revisions in stacks</li>\n<li>Great support from developers</li>\n\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n	<li></li>\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n<strong>√ Beginner iPhone Photographers</strong>\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n Anyone\n\nPHOTO TOASTER comes in handy for beginners who want to edit photos in a snap.\n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]KING CAMERA does not seem a newbie at all with its impressive set of features. While not perfect, it still offers a lot that can satisfy the needs of every iPhoneographer.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\nKING CAMERA is one of the most full-featured all-in-one camera apps out there for the iPhone. It builds on the strengths of other powerful apps like Camera+ and ProCamera, while still offering a bunch of cool features.\n\nThe built-in camera app provides a number of tools that can make your shooting very convenient for you. You can adjust the focus and exposure. You can quickly capture multiple shots in a second via full-res or medium-res burst mode. There is also time lapse and stop animation features. Camera shake won’t also be much of a problem since this app also has an anti-shake feature. If you have large fingers, you won’t be able to miss pressing the huge shutter button at the bottom.  \n\nKING CAMERA may still not be a king yet in the photo editing game as still has a long way to go in beating the best apps out there, but with the continuous effort of the developers to improve the app (rather than completely deserting it), we will likely see more from it in the future and that’s really something to look forward to. We’re excited!\n \n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for King Camera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give King Camera 4 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/2011/05/31/app-review-king-camera-for-iphone-and-ipod-touch/\">LifeInLofi</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Overall, King Camera is a powerful and well designed camera replacement. It’s a very impressive 1.0 release that has the features and feel of a 2.0. While it won’t single-handedly replace an arsenal of photo apps, it’s powerful enough to be a go-to app for many users.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appotography.com/2011/06/03/king-camera-review-iphone/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">Appotography</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“If you’re looking for a valid replacement to the native iPhone app and also a very comprehensive processing utility, King Camera is a new excellent choice.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2011/6/13/app-review-king-camera-part-2-the-photo-desk.html\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Overall King Camera is a nice app, but not a great app. Yes, it has features not yet found in it competitors, like stacks on the Photo Desk and time-lapse in the camera module, but the quick fixes are not as good as those in the current number 1 camera replacement app, Camera+.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','King Camera - A Solid Can-Do-It-All Photo-Editing App','','inherit','open','open','','4310-revision-4','','','2011-07-31 02:28:42','2011-07-31 02:28:42','',4310,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4310-revision-4.html',0,'revision','',0),(4316,14,'2011-07-31 03:16:07','2011-07-31 03:16:07','<table class=\"alignleft\" border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"20\" cellpadding=\"0\" align=\"left\">\n<tbody>\n<tr valign=\"bottom\">\n<td><a href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster.png\"><img title=\"PhotoToaster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster.png\" alt=\"Photo Toaster\" width=\"400\" height=\"201\" /></a></td>\n<td><img title=\"Photo Toaster\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/PhotoToaster-Logo.png\" width=\"240\" height=\"56\" alt=\"Photo Toaster App Logo\" />\n\nPHOTO TOASTER offers useful photo presets that can turn your ordinary snaps into something beautiful and worth-sharing.</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>\nLet\'s get to the gist of it in the tabs below.\n\n[tabswrap]\n\n[tabhead id=\"1\"] Overview [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"2\"] Cheers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"3\"] Jeers [/tabhead] [tabhead id=\"4\"] Who is it for? [/tabhead] [tabhead_last id=\"5\"] The Verdict [/tabhead_last] [tab id=\"1\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Developed by Saycheezzz.com</li>\n<li>Easily edit photos in either Quick Matik and Pro Matik modes </li>>\n<li>Comes with built-in camera and boasts of 4x full-resolution digital zoom </li>\n<li>Fast full-res and medium-res burst modes</li>\n<li>Save photos to the app’s Photo Desk or to your iPhone’s Camera Roll</li>\n<li>Allows geotagging and has EXIF data access</li>\n<li>Send edited photos via email or share it over to Facebook, Twitter, Flickr, Dropbox</li>\n<li>Shoots HD videos</li>\n<li>Costs US$2.99</li>\n\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"2\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n<li>Well-labelled controls</li>\n<li>Editing options are very accessible</li>\n<li>Has broad range of photo editing features</li>\n<li>Focus and exposure modes work very well</li>\n<li>Features Exposure Lock that enables you to set and lock the exposure </li>\n<li>Saves photo revisions in stacks</li>\n<li>Great support from developers</li>\n\n\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"3\"] [list style=\"orb\" color=\"grey\"]\n<ul>\n	<li>Long delay between shots</li>\n</ul>\n[/list] [/tab] [tab id=\"4\"]\n Beginner iPhone Photographers\n Advanced iPhone Photographers\n<strong>√ Anyone</strong>\n\nKING CAMERA will please anyone of all skill levels – may it be beginners or advanced iPhoneographers – with its wide range of features.\n\n[/tab] [tab id=\"5\"]KING CAMERA does not seem a newbie at all with its impressive set of features. While not perfect, it still offers a lot that can satisfy the needs of every iPhoneographer.[/tab] [/tabswrap]\n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Verdict</h4>\nKING CAMERA is one of the most full-featured all-in-one camera apps out there for the iPhone. It builds on the strengths of other powerful apps like Camera+ and ProCamera, while still offering a bunch of cool features.\n\nThe built-in camera app provides a number of tools that can make your shooting very convenient for you. You can adjust the focus and exposure. You can quickly capture multiple shots in a second via full-res or medium-res burst mode. There is also time lapse and stop animation features. Camera shake won’t also be much of a problem since this app also has an anti-shake feature. If you have large fingers, you won’t be able to miss pressing the huge shutter button at the bottom.  \n\nOne laudable feature of KING CAMERA is Photo Desk. This is where all your captured photos are stored and edited images organized in Stacks. With Stacks, every version of the photo you are working on is saved, thus allowing you with much flexibility to edit and experiment. \n\nWhen it comes to editing, KING CAMERA has something to offer for both the novice and the pro. QuickMatik, as the name implies, is good for quick photo fixes with its good lineup of presets comparable to the best photo apps out there. ProMatik serves a full-fledged photo editor as it offers a wide range of editing controls.\n \nThere’s an issue though – the time lag between shots which will surely be of major concern to most. Good thing the developers have been already working to address this issue.\n\nKING CAMERA may still not be a king yet in the photo editing game as still has a long way to go in beating the best apps out there, but with the continuous effort of the developers to improve the app (rather than completely deserting it), we will likely see more from it in the future and that’s really something to look forward to. We’re excited!\n\n \n\n<br/>\n<h4>The Beginners Lens Flash Rating:</h4>\n\n<img title=\"4 Flash Rating for King Camera\" src=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/wp-content/uploads/2011/07/4flash.png\" alt=\"We give King Camera 4 Flashes\" />\n<a title=\"The Beginners Lens Flash Rating System\" href=\"http://thebeginnerslens.com/about#rating\">Learn more about our rating system.</a>\n\n&nbsp;\n<strong>Review Digest</strong>\n\n<hr style=\"height: 1px; width: 100%;\" size=\"1\" />\n\n<table border=\"1\" cellspacing=\"30\">\n<tbody>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>SOFTWARE REVIEW WEBSITE</strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong>WHAT THEY HAVE TO  SAY</strong></td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://lifeinlofi.com/2011/05/31/app-review-king-camera-for-iphone-and-ipod-touch/\">LifeInLofi</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Overall, King Camera is a powerful and well designed camera replacement. It’s a very impressive 1.0 release that has the features and feel of a 2.0. While it won’t single-handedly replace an arsenal of photo apps, it’s powerful enough to be a go-to app for many users.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://appotography.com/2011/06/03/king-camera-review-iphone/\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">Appotography</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“If you’re looking for a valid replacement to the native iPhone app and also a very comprehensive processing utility, King Camera is a new excellent choice.”</td>\n</tr>\n<tr>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\"><strong><a href=\"http://www.iphoneography.com/journal/2011/6/13/app-review-king-camera-part-2-the-photo-desk.html\" rel=\"shadowbox;width=1000;height=640\">iPhoneography</a></strong></td>\n<td style=\"border-width: 0px; border-style: solid;\">“Overall King Camera is a nice app, but not a great app. Yes, it has features not yet found in it competitors, like stacks on the Photo Desk and time-lapse in the camera module, but the quick fixes are not as good as those in the current number 1 camera replacement app, Camera+.”</td>\n</tr>\n</tbody>\n</table>','King Camera - A Solid Can-Do-It-All Photo-Editing App','','inherit','open','open','','4310-revision-5','','','2011-07-31 03:16:07','2011-07-31 03:16:07','',4310,'http://thebeginnerslens.com/articles/4310-revision-5.html',0,'revision','',0);
